blob: d11b77de462b7f3b8a3e0f03f64836e5cee0327e [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00001*eval.txt* For Vim version 7.0aa. Last change: 2005 Jul 29
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Expression evaluation *expression* *expr* *E15* *eval*
8
9Using expressions is introduced in chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
10
11Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time. If this has been
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +000012done, the features in this document are not available. See |+eval| and
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000013|no-eval-feature|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000014
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000151. Variables |variables|
16 1.1 Variable types
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000017 1.2 Function references |Funcref|
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +000018 1.3 Lists |Lists|
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000019 1.4 Dictionaries |Dictionaries|
20 1.5 More about variables |more-variables|
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000212. Expression syntax |expression-syntax|
223. Internal variable |internal-variables|
234. Builtin Functions |functions|
245. Defining functions |user-functions|
256. Curly braces names |curly-braces-names|
267. Commands |expression-commands|
278. Exception handling |exception-handling|
289. Examples |eval-examples|
2910. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature|
3011. The sandbox |eval-sandbox|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000031
32{Vi does not have any of these commands}
33
34==============================================================================
351. Variables *variables*
36
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000371.1 Variable types ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +000038 *E712*
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000039There are five types of variables:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000040
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000041Number A 32 bit signed number.
42 Examples: -123 0x10 0177
43
44String A NUL terminated string of 8-bit unsigned characters (bytes).
45 Examples: "ab\txx\"--" 'x-z''a,c'
46
47Funcref A reference to a function |Funcref|.
48 Example: function("strlen")
49
50List An ordered sequence of items |List|.
51 Example: [1, 2, ['a', 'b']]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000052
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +000053Dictionary An associative, unordered array: Each entry has a key and a
54 value. |Dictionary|
55 Example: {'blue': "#0000ff", 'red': "#ff0000"}
56
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000057The Number and String types are converted automatically, depending on how they
58are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059
60Conversion from a Number to a String is by making the ASCII representation of
61the Number. Examples: >
62 Number 123 --> String "123"
63 Number 0 --> String "0"
64 Number -1 --> String "-1"
65
66Conversion from a String to a Number is done by converting the first digits
67to a number. Hexadecimal "0xf9" and Octal "017" numbers are recognized. If
68the String doesn't start with digits, the result is zero. Examples: >
69 String "456" --> Number 456
70 String "6bar" --> Number 6
71 String "foo" --> Number 0
72 String "0xf1" --> Number 241
73 String "0100" --> Number 64
74 String "-8" --> Number -8
75 String "+8" --> Number 0
76
77To force conversion from String to Number, add zero to it: >
78 :echo "0100" + 0
79
80For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
81
82Note that in the command >
83 :if "foo"
84"foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE. To test for a non-empty string,
85use strlen(): >
86 :if strlen("foo")
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +000087< *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
88List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000089
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000090 *E706*
91You will get an error if you try to change the type of a variable. You need
92to |:unlet| it first to avoid this error. String and Number are considered
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +000093equivalent though. Consider this sequence of commands: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000094 :let l = "string"
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +000095 :let l = 44 " changes type from String to Number
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000096 :let l = [1, 2, 3] " error!
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +000097
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +000098
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000991.2 Function references ~
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +0000100 *Funcref* *E695* *E718*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000101A Funcref variable is obtained with the |function()| function. It can be used
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000102in an expression in the place of a function name, before the parenthesis
103around the arguments, to invoke the function it refers to. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000104
105 :let Fn = function("MyFunc")
106 :echo Fn()
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000107< *E704* *E705* *E707*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000108A Funcref variable must start with a capital, "s:", "w:" or "b:". You cannot
109have both a Funcref variable and a function with the same name.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000110
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000111A special case is defining a function and directly assigning its Funcref to a
112Dictionary entry. Example: >
113 :function dict.init() dict
114 : let self.val = 0
115 :endfunction
116
117The key of the Dictionary can start with a lower case letter. The actual
118function name is not used here. Also see |numbered-function|.
119
120A Funcref can also be used with the |:call| command: >
121 :call Fn()
122 :call dict.init()
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000123
124The name of the referenced function can be obtained with |string()|. >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000125 :let func = string(Fn)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000126
127You can use |call()| to invoke a Funcref and use a list variable for the
128arguments: >
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000129 :let r = call(Fn, mylist)
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000130
131
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001321.3 Lists ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000133 *List* *Lists* *E686*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000134A List is an ordered sequence of items. An item can be of any type. Items
135can be accessed by their index number. Items can be added and removed at any
136position in the sequence.
137
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000138
139List creation ~
140 *E696* *E697*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000141A List is created with a comma separated list of items in square brackets.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000142Examples: >
143 :let mylist = [1, two, 3, "four"]
144 :let emptylist = []
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000145
146An item can be any expression. Using a List for an item creates a
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000147nested List: >
148 :let nestlist = [[11, 12], [21, 22], [31, 32]]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000149
150An extra comma after the last item is ignored.
151
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000152
153List index ~
154 *list-index* *E684*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000155An item in the List can be accessed by putting the index in square brackets
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000156after the List. Indexes are zero-based, thus the first item has index zero. >
157 :let item = mylist[0] " get the first item: 1
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000158 :let item = mylist[2] " get the third item: 3
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000159
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000160When the resulting item is a list this can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000161 :let item = nestlist[0][1] " get the first list, second item: 12
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000162<
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000163A negative index is counted from the end. Index -1 refers to the last item in
164the List, -2 to the last but one item, etc. >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000165 :let last = mylist[-1] " get the last item: "four"
166
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000167To avoid an error for an invalid index use the |get()| function. When an item
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000168is not available it returns zero or the default value you specify: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000169 :echo get(mylist, idx)
170 :echo get(mylist, idx, "NONE")
171
172
173List concatenation ~
174
175Two lists can be concatenated with the "+" operator: >
176 :let longlist = mylist + [5, 6]
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000177 :let mylist += [7, 8]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000178
179To prepend or append an item turn the item into a list by putting [] around
180it. To change a list in-place see |list-modification| below.
181
182
183Sublist ~
184
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000185A part of the List can be obtained by specifying the first and last index,
186separated by a colon in square brackets: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000187 :let shortlist = mylist[2:-1] " get List [3, "four"]
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000188
189Omitting the first index is similar to zero. Omitting the last index is
190similar to -1. The difference is that there is no error if the items are not
191available. >
Bram Moolenaar540d6e32005-01-09 21:20:18 +0000192 :let endlist = mylist[2:] " from item 2 to the end: [3, "four"]
193 :let shortlist = mylist[2:2] " List with one item: [3]
194 :let otherlist = mylist[:] " make a copy of the List
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000195
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000196The second index can be just before the first index. In that case the result
197is an empty list. If the second index is lower, this results in an error. >
198 :echo mylist[2:1] " result: []
199 :echo mylist[2:0] " error!
200
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +0000201NOTE: mylist[s:e] means using the variable "s:e" as index. Watch out for
202using a single letter variable before the ":". Insert a space when needed:
203mylist[s : e].
204
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000205
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000206List identity ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000207 *list-identity*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000208When variable "aa" is a list and you assign it to another variable "bb", both
209variables refer to the same list. Thus changing the list "aa" will also
210change "bb": >
211 :let aa = [1, 2, 3]
212 :let bb = aa
213 :call add(aa, 4)
214 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000215< [1, 2, 3, 4]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000216
217Making a copy of a list is done with the |copy()| function. Using [:] also
218works, as explained above. This creates a shallow copy of the list: Changing
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000219a list item in the list will also change the item in the copied list: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000220 :let aa = [[1, 'a'], 2, 3]
221 :let bb = copy(aa)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000222 :call add(aa, 4)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000223 :let aa[0][1] = 'aaa'
224 :echo aa
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000225< [[1, aaa], 2, 3, 4] >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000226 :echo bb
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000227< [[1, aaa], 2, 3]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000228
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000229To make a completely independent list use |deepcopy()|. This also makes a
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000230copy of the values in the list, recursively. Up to a hundred levels deep.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000231
232The operator "is" can be used to check if two variables refer to the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000233List. "isnot" does the opposite. In contrast "==" compares if two lists have
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000234the same value. >
235 :let alist = [1, 2, 3]
236 :let blist = [1, 2, 3]
237 :echo alist is blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000238< 0 >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000239 :echo alist == blist
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000240< 1
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000241
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000242Note about comparing lists: Two lists are considered equal if they have the
243same length and all items compare equal, as with using "==". There is one
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000244exception: When comparing a number with a string they are considered
245different. There is no automatic type conversion, as with using "==" on
246variables. Example: >
247 echo 4 == "4"
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000248< 1 >
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000249 echo [4] == ["4"]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000250< 0
251
Bram Moolenaar7d1f5db2005-07-03 21:39:27 +0000252Thus comparing Lists is more strict than comparing numbers and strings. You
253can compare simple values this way too by putting them in a string: >
254
255 :let a = 5
256 :let b = "5"
257 echo a == b
258< 1 >
259 echo [a] == [b]
260< 0
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +0000261
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000262
263List unpack ~
264
265To unpack the items in a list to individual variables, put the variables in
266square brackets, like list items: >
267 :let [var1, var2] = mylist
268
269When the number of variables does not match the number of items in the list
270this produces an error. To handle any extra items from the list append ";"
271and a variable name: >
272 :let [var1, var2; rest] = mylist
273
274This works like: >
275 :let var1 = mylist[0]
276 :let var2 = mylist[1]
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000277 :let rest = mylist[2:]
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000278
279Except that there is no error if there are only two items. "rest" will be an
280empty list then.
281
282
283List modification ~
284 *list-modification*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000285To change a specific item of a list use |:let| this way: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000286 :let list[4] = "four"
287 :let listlist[0][3] = item
288
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000289To change part of a list you can specify the first and last item to be
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000290modified. The value must at least have the number of items in the range: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000291 :let list[3:5] = [3, 4, 5]
292
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000293Adding and removing items from a list is done with functions. Here are a few
294examples: >
295 :call insert(list, 'a') " prepend item 'a'
296 :call insert(list, 'a', 3) " insert item 'a' before list[3]
297 :call add(list, "new") " append String item
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000298 :call add(list, [1, 2]) " append a List as one new item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000299 :call extend(list, [1, 2]) " extend the list with two more items
300 :let i = remove(list, 3) " remove item 3
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000301 :unlet list[3] " idem
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000302 :let l = remove(list, 3, -1) " remove items 3 to last item
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000303 :unlet list[3 : ] " idem
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000304 :call filter(list, 'v:val !~ "x"') " remove items with an 'x'
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000305
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000306Changing the order of items in a list: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000307 :call sort(list) " sort a list alphabetically
308 :call reverse(list) " reverse the order of items
309
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000310
311For loop ~
312
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000313The |:for| loop executes commands for each item in a list. A variable is set
314to each item in the list in sequence. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000315 :for item in mylist
316 : call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000317 :endfor
318
319This works like: >
320 :let index = 0
321 :while index < len(mylist)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000322 : let item = mylist[index]
323 : :call Doit(item)
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000324 : let index = index + 1
325 :endwhile
326
327Note that all items in the list should be of the same type, otherwise this
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000328results in error |E706|. To avoid this |:unlet| the variable at the end of
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000329the loop.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000330
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000331If all you want to do is modify each item in the list then the |map()|
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000332function will be a simpler method than a for loop.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000333
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000334Just like the |:let| command, |:for| also accepts a list of variables. This
335requires the argument to be a list of lists. >
336 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 8], [3, 0]]
337 : call Doit(lnum, col)
338 :endfor
339
340This works like a |:let| command is done for each list item. Again, the types
341must remain the same to avoid an error.
342
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000343It is also possible to put remaining items in a List variable: >
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000344 :for [i, j; rest] in listlist
345 : call Doit(i, j)
346 : if !empty(rest)
347 : echo "remainder: " . string(rest)
348 : endif
349 :endfor
350
351
352List functions ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000353 *E714*
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000354Functions that are useful with a List: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000355 :let r = call(funcname, list) " call a function with an argument list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000356 :if empty(list) " check if list is empty
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000357 :let l = len(list) " number of items in list
358 :let big = max(list) " maximum value in list
359 :let small = min(list) " minimum value in list
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +0000360 :let xs = count(list, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in list
361 :let i = index(list, 'x') " index of first 'x' in list
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000362 :let lines = getline(1, 10) " get ten text lines from buffer
363 :call append('$', lines) " append text lines in buffer
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +0000364 :let list = split("a b c") " create list from items in a string
365 :let string = join(list, ', ') " create string from list items
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000366 :let s = string(list) " String representation of list
367 :call map(list, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000368
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +0000369Don't forget that a combination of features can make things simple. For
370example, to add up all the numbers in a list: >
371 :exe 'let sum = ' . join(nrlist, '+')
372
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000373
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003741.4 Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000375 *Dictionaries* *Dictionary*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000376A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000377entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific
378ordering.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000379
380
381Dictionary creation ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000382 *E720* *E721* *E722* *E723*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000383A Dictionary is created with a comma separated list of entries in curly
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000384braces. Each entry has a key and a value, separated by a colon. Each key can
385only appear once. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000386 :let mydict = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
387 :let emptydict = {}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000388< *E713* *E716* *E717*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000389A key is always a String. You can use a Number, it will be converted to a
390String automatically. Thus the String '4' and the number 4 will find the same
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000391entry. Note that the String '04' and the Number 04 are different, since the
392Number will be converted to the String '4'.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000393
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000394A value can be any expression. Using a Dictionary for a value creates a
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000395nested Dictionary: >
396 :let nestdict = {1: {11: 'a', 12: 'b'}, 2: {21: 'c'}}
397
398An extra comma after the last entry is ignored.
399
400
401Accessing entries ~
402
403The normal way to access an entry is by putting the key in square brackets: >
404 :let val = mydict["one"]
405 :let mydict["four"] = 4
406
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000407You can add new entries to an existing Dictionary this way, unlike Lists.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000408
409For keys that consist entirely of letters, digits and underscore the following
410form can be used |expr-entry|: >
411 :let val = mydict.one
412 :let mydict.four = 4
413
414Since an entry can be any type, also a List and a Dictionary, the indexing and
415key lookup can be repeated: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000416 :echo dict.key[idx].key
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000417
418
419Dictionary to List conversion ~
420
421You may want to loop over the entries in a dictionary. For this you need to
422turn the Dictionary into a List and pass it to |:for|.
423
424Most often you want to loop over the keys, using the |keys()| function: >
425 :for key in keys(mydict)
426 : echo key . ': ' . mydict[key]
427 :endfor
428
429The List of keys is unsorted. You may want to sort them first: >
430 :for key in sort(keys(mydict))
431
432To loop over the values use the |values()| function: >
433 :for v in values(mydict)
434 : echo "value: " . v
435 :endfor
436
437If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000438a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000439 :for entry in items(mydict)
440 : echo entry[0] . ': ' . entry[1]
441 :endfor
442
443
444Dictionary identity ~
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +0000445 *dict-identity*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000446Just like Lists you need to use |copy()| and |deepcopy()| to make a copy of a
447Dictionary. Otherwise, assignment results in referring to the same
448Dictionary: >
449 :let onedict = {'a': 1, 'b': 2}
450 :let adict = onedict
451 :let adict['a'] = 11
452 :echo onedict['a']
453 11
454
Bram Moolenaarf3bd51a2005-06-14 22:11:18 +0000455Two Dictionaries compare equal if all the key-value pairs compare equal. For
456more info see |list-identity|.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000457
458
459Dictionary modification ~
460 *dict-modification*
461To change an already existing entry of a Dictionary, or to add a new entry,
462use |:let| this way: >
463 :let dict[4] = "four"
464 :let dict['one'] = item
465
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +0000466Removing an entry from a Dictionary is done with |remove()| or |:unlet|.
467Three ways to remove the entry with key "aaa" from dict: >
468 :let i = remove(dict, 'aaa')
469 :unlet dict.aaa
470 :unlet dict['aaa']
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000471
472Merging a Dictionary with another is done with |extend()|: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000473 :call extend(adict, bdict)
474This extends adict with all entries from bdict. Duplicate keys cause entries
475in adict to be overwritten. An optional third argument can change this.
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +0000476Note that the order of entries in a Dictionary is irrelevant, thus don't
477expect ":echo adict" to show the items from bdict after the older entries in
478adict.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000479
480Weeding out entries from a Dictionary can be done with |filter()|: >
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +0000481 :call filter(dict 'v:val =~ "x"')
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000482This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000483
484
485Dictionary function ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000486 *Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000487When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
488special way with a dictionary. Example: >
489 :function Mylen() dict
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000490 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000491 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000492 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3], 'len': function("Mylen")}
493 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000494
495This is like a method in object oriented programming. The entry in the
496Dictionary is a |Funcref|. The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
497the function was invoked from.
498
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000499It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
500Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
501
502 *numbered-function*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000503To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
504assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000505 :let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
506 :function mydict.len() dict
507 : return len(self.data)
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000508 :endfunction
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000509 :echo mydict.len()
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000510
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000511The function will then get a number and the value of dict.len is a |Funcref|
512that references this function. The function can only be used through a
513|Funcref|. It will automatically be deleted when there is no |Funcref|
514remaining that refers to it.
515
516It is not necessary to use the "dict" attribute for a numbered function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000517
518
519Functions for Dictionaries ~
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000520 *E715*
521Functions that can be used with a Dictionary: >
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000522 :if has_key(dict, 'foo') " TRUE if dict has entry with key "foo"
523 :if empty(dict) " TRUE if dict is empty
524 :let l = len(dict) " number of items in dict
525 :let big = max(dict) " maximum value in dict
526 :let small = min(dict) " minimum value in dict
527 :let xs = count(dict, 'x') " count nr of times 'x' appears in dict
528 :let s = string(dict) " String representation of dict
529 :call map(dict, '">> " . v:val') " prepend ">> " to each item
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000530
531
5321.5 More about variables ~
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000533 *more-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000534If you need to know the type of a variable or expression, use the |type()|
535function.
536
537When the '!' flag is included in the 'viminfo' option, global variables that
538start with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase letter, are
539stored in the viminfo file |viminfo-file|.
540
541When the 'sessionoptions' option contains "global", global variables that
542start with an uppercase letter and contain at least one lowercase letter are
543stored in the session file |session-file|.
544
545variable name can be stored where ~
546my_var_6 not
547My_Var_6 session file
548MY_VAR_6 viminfo file
549
550
551It's possible to form a variable name with curly braces, see
552|curly-braces-names|.
553
554==============================================================================
5552. Expression syntax *expression-syntax*
556
557Expression syntax summary, from least to most significant:
558
559|expr1| expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 if-then-else
560
561|expr2| expr3 || expr3 .. logical OR
562
563|expr3| expr4 && expr4 .. logical AND
564
565|expr4| expr5 == expr5 equal
566 expr5 != expr5 not equal
567 expr5 > expr5 greater than
568 expr5 >= expr5 greater than or equal
569 expr5 < expr5 smaller than
570 expr5 <= expr5 smaller than or equal
571 expr5 =~ expr5 regexp matches
572 expr5 !~ expr5 regexp doesn't match
573
574 expr5 ==? expr5 equal, ignoring case
575 expr5 ==# expr5 equal, match case
576 etc. As above, append ? for ignoring case, # for
577 matching case
578
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000579 expr5 is expr5 same List instance
580 expr5 isnot expr5 different List instance
581
582|expr5| expr6 + expr6 .. number addition or list concatenation
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000583 expr6 - expr6 .. number subtraction
584 expr6 . expr6 .. string concatenation
585
586|expr6| expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication
587 expr7 / expr7 .. number division
588 expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo
589
590|expr7| ! expr7 logical NOT
591 - expr7 unary minus
592 + expr7 unary plus
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000593
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000594
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000595|expr8| expr8[expr1] byte of a String or item of a List
596 expr8[expr1 : expr1] substring of a String or sublist of a List
597 expr8.name entry in a Dictionary
598 expr8(expr1, ...) function call with Funcref variable
599
600|expr9| number number constant
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000601 "string" string constant, backslash is special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000602 'string' string constant, ' is doubled
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000603 [expr1, ...] List
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000604 {expr1: expr1, ...} Dictionary
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000605 &option option value
606 (expr1) nested expression
607 variable internal variable
608 va{ria}ble internal variable with curly braces
609 $VAR environment variable
610 @r contents of register 'r'
611 function(expr1, ...) function call
612 func{ti}on(expr1, ...) function call with curly braces
613
614
615".." indicates that the operations in this level can be concatenated.
616Example: >
617 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
618
619All expressions within one level are parsed from left to right.
620
621
622expr1 *expr1* *E109*
623-----
624
625expr2 ? expr1 : expr1
626
627The expression before the '?' is evaluated to a number. If it evaluates to
628non-zero, the result is the value of the expression between the '?' and ':',
629otherwise the result is the value of the expression after the ':'.
630Example: >
631 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum
632
633Since the first expression is an "expr2", it cannot contain another ?:. The
634other two expressions can, thus allow for recursive use of ?:.
635Example: >
636 :echo lnum == 1 ? "top" : lnum == 1000 ? "last" : lnum
637
638To keep this readable, using |line-continuation| is suggested: >
639 :echo lnum == 1
640 :\ ? "top"
641 :\ : lnum == 1000
642 :\ ? "last"
643 :\ : lnum
644
645
646expr2 and expr3 *expr2* *expr3*
647---------------
648
649 *expr-barbar* *expr-&&*
650The "||" and "&&" operators take one argument on each side. The arguments
651are (converted to) Numbers. The result is:
652
653 input output ~
654n1 n2 n1 || n2 n1 && n2 ~
655zero zero zero zero
656zero non-zero non-zero zero
657non-zero zero non-zero zero
658non-zero non-zero non-zero non-zero
659
660The operators can be concatenated, for example: >
661
662 &nu || &list && &shell == "csh"
663
664Note that "&&" takes precedence over "||", so this has the meaning of: >
665
666 &nu || (&list && &shell == "csh")
667
668Once the result is known, the expression "short-circuits", that is, further
669arguments are not evaluated. This is like what happens in C. For example: >
670
671 let a = 1
672 echo a || b
673
674This is valid even if there is no variable called "b" because "a" is non-zero,
675so the result must be non-zero. Similarly below: >
676
677 echo exists("b") && b == "yes"
678
679This is valid whether "b" has been defined or not. The second clause will
680only be evaluated if "b" has been defined.
681
682
683expr4 *expr4*
684-----
685
686expr5 {cmp} expr5
687
688Compare two expr5 expressions, resulting in a 0 if it evaluates to false, or 1
689if it evaluates to true.
690
691 *expr-==* *expr-!=* *expr->* *expr->=*
692 *expr-<* *expr-<=* *expr-=~* *expr-!~*
693 *expr-==#* *expr-!=#* *expr->#* *expr->=#*
694 *expr-<#* *expr-<=#* *expr-=~#* *expr-!~#*
695 *expr-==?* *expr-!=?* *expr->?* *expr->=?*
696 *expr-<?* *expr-<=?* *expr-=~?* *expr-!~?*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000697 *expr-is*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000698 use 'ignorecase' match case ignore case ~
699equal == ==# ==?
700not equal != !=# !=?
701greater than > ># >?
702greater than or equal >= >=# >=?
703smaller than < <# <?
704smaller than or equal <= <=# <=?
705regexp matches =~ =~# =~?
706regexp doesn't match !~ !~# !~?
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000707same instance is
708different instance isnot
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000709
710Examples:
711"abc" ==# "Abc" evaluates to 0
712"abc" ==? "Abc" evaluates to 1
713"abc" == "Abc" evaluates to 1 if 'ignorecase' is set, 0 otherwise
714
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000715 *E691* *E692*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000716A List can only be compared with a List and only "equal", "not equal" and "is"
717can be used. This compares the values of the list, recursively. Ignoring
718case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
719
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +0000720 *E735* *E736*
721A Dictionary can only be compared with a Dictionary and only "equal", "not
722equal" and "is" can be used. This compares the key/values of the Dictionary,
723recursively. Ignoring case means case is ignored when comparing item values.
724
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +0000725 *E693* *E694*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000726A Funcref can only be compared with a Funcref and only "equal" and "not equal"
727can be used. Case is never ignored.
728
729When using "is" or "isnot" with a List this checks if the expressions are
730referring to the same List instance. A copy of a List is different from the
731original List. When using "is" without a List it is equivalent to using
732"equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a
733different type means the values are different. "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'"
734is false.
735
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000736When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
737and the comparison is done on Numbers. This means that "0 == 'x'" is TRUE,
738because 'x' converted to a Number is zero.
739
740When comparing two Strings, this is done with strcmp() or stricmp(). This
741results in the mathematical difference (comparing byte values), not
742necessarily the alphabetical difference in the local language.
743
744When using the operators with a trailing '#", or the short version and
745'ignorecase' is off, the comparing is done with strcmp().
746
747When using the operators with a trailing '?', or the short version and
748'ignorecase' is set, the comparing is done with stricmp().
749
750The "=~" and "!~" operators match the lefthand argument with the righthand
751argument, which is used as a pattern. See |pattern| for what a pattern is.
752This matching is always done like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no
753matter what the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is. This makes scripts
754portable. To avoid backslashes in the regexp pattern to be doubled, use a
755single-quote string, see |literal-string|.
756Since a string is considered to be a single line, a multi-line pattern
757(containing \n, backslash-n) will not match. However, a literal NL character
758can be matched like an ordinary character. Examples:
759 "foo\nbar" =~ "\n" evaluates to 1
760 "foo\nbar" =~ "\\n" evaluates to 0
761
762
763expr5 and expr6 *expr5* *expr6*
764---------------
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000765expr6 + expr6 .. Number addition or List concatenation *expr-+*
766expr6 - expr6 .. Number subtraction *expr--*
767expr6 . expr6 .. String concatenation *expr-.*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000768
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000769For Lists only "+" is possible and then both expr6 must be a list. The result
770is a new list with the two lists Concatenated.
771
772expr7 * expr7 .. number multiplication *expr-star*
773expr7 / expr7 .. number division *expr-/*
774expr7 % expr7 .. number modulo *expr-%*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000775
776For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers.
777
778Note the difference between "+" and ".":
779 "123" + "456" = 579
780 "123" . "456" = "123456"
781
782When the righthand side of '/' is zero, the result is 0x7fffffff.
783When the righthand side of '%' is zero, the result is 0.
784
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +0000785None of these work for Funcrefs.
786
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000787
788expr7 *expr7*
789-----
790! expr7 logical NOT *expr-!*
791- expr7 unary minus *expr-unary--*
792+ expr7 unary plus *expr-unary-+*
793
794For '!' non-zero becomes zero, zero becomes one.
795For '-' the sign of the number is changed.
796For '+' the number is unchanged.
797
798A String will be converted to a Number first.
799
800These three can be repeated and mixed. Examples:
801 !-1 == 0
802 !!8 == 1
803 --9 == 9
804
805
806expr8 *expr8*
807-----
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000808expr8[expr1] item of String or List *expr-[]* *E111*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000809
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000810If expr8 is a Number or String this results in a String that contains the
811expr1'th single byte from expr8. expr8 is used as a String, expr1 as a
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000812Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte encodings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000813
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000814Index zero gives the first character. This is like it works in C. Careful:
815text column numbers start with one! Example, to get the character under the
816cursor: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000817 :let c = getline(line("."))[col(".") - 1]
818
819If the length of the String is less than the index, the result is an empty
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000820String. A negative index always results in an empty string (reason: backwards
821compatibility). Use [-1:] to get the last byte.
822
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000823If expr8 is a List then it results the item at index expr1. See |list-index|
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000824for possible index values. If the index is out of range this results in an
825error. Example: >
826 :let item = mylist[-1] " get last item
827
828Generally, if a List index is equal to or higher than the length of the List,
829or more negative than the length of the List, this results in an error.
830
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000831
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000832expr8[expr1a : expr1b] substring or sublist *expr-[:]*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000833
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000834If expr8 is a Number or String this results in the substring with the bytes
835from expr1a to and including expr1b. expr8 is used as a String, expr1a and
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000836expr1b are used as a Number. Note that this doesn't recognize multi-byte
837encodings.
838
839If expr1a is omitted zero is used. If expr1b is omitted the length of the
840string minus one is used.
841
842A negative number can be used to measure from the end of the string. -1 is
843the last character, -2 the last but one, etc.
844
845If an index goes out of range for the string characters are omitted. If
846expr1b is smaller than expr1a the result is an empty string.
847
848Examples: >
849 :let c = name[-1:] " last byte of a string
850 :let c = name[-2:-2] " last but one byte of a string
851 :let s = line(".")[4:] " from the fifth byte to the end
852 :let s = s[:-3] " remove last two bytes
853
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000854If expr8 is a List this results in a new List with the items indicated by the
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +0000855indexes expr1a and expr1b. This works like with a String, as explained just
856above, except that indexes out of range cause an error. Examples: >
857 :let l = mylist[:3] " first four items
858 :let l = mylist[4:4] " List with one item
859 :let l = mylist[:] " shallow copy of a List
860
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000861Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a Funcref results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000862
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000863
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000864expr8.name entry in a Dictionary *expr-entry*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000865
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000866If expr8 is a Dictionary and it is followed by a dot, then the following name
867will be used as a key in the Dictionary. This is just like: expr8[name].
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000868
869The name must consist of alphanumeric characters, just like a variable name,
870but it may start with a number. Curly braces cannot be used.
871
872There must not be white space before or after the dot.
873
874Examples: >
875 :let dict = {"one": 1, 2: "two"}
876 :echo dict.one
877 :echo dict .2
878
879Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation. To avoid confusion
880always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
881
882
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +0000883expr8(expr1, ...) Funcref function call
884
885When expr8 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
886
887
888
889 *expr9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000890number
891------
892number number constant *expr-number*
893
894Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
895
896
897string *expr-string* *E114*
898------
899"string" string constant *expr-quote*
900
901Note that double quotes are used.
902
903A string constant accepts these special characters:
904\... three-digit octal number (e.g., "\316")
905\.. two-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
906\. one-digit octal number (must be followed by non-digit)
907\x.. byte specified with two hex numbers (e.g., "\x1f")
908\x. byte specified with one hex number (must be followed by non-hex char)
909\X.. same as \x..
910\X. same as \x.
911\u.... character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
912 current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
913\U.... same as \u....
914\b backspace <BS>
915\e escape <Esc>
916\f formfeed <FF>
917\n newline <NL>
918\r return <CR>
919\t tab <Tab>
920\\ backslash
921\" double quote
922\<xxx> Special key named "xxx". e.g. "\<C-W>" for CTRL-W.
923
924Note that "\000" and "\x00" force the end of the string.
925
926
927literal-string *literal-string* *E115*
928---------------
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000929'string' string constant *expr-'*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000930
931Note that single quotes are used.
932
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000933This string is taken as it is. No backslashes are removed or have a special
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +0000934meaning. The only exception is that two quotes stand for one quote.
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +0000935
936Single quoted strings are useful for patterns, so that backslashes do not need
937to be doubled. These two commands are equivalent: >
938 if a =~ "\\s*"
939 if a =~ '\s*'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000940
941
942option *expr-option* *E112* *E113*
943------
944&option option value, local value if possible
945&g:option global option value
946&l:option local option value
947
948Examples: >
949 echo "tabstop is " . &tabstop
950 if &insertmode
951
952Any option name can be used here. See |options|. When using the local value
953and there is no buffer-local or window-local value, the global value is used
954anyway.
955
956
957register *expr-register*
958--------
959@r contents of register 'r'
960
961The result is the contents of the named register, as a single string.
962Newlines are inserted where required. To get the contents of the unnamed
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +0000963register use @" or @@. See |registers| for an explanation of the available
964registers.
965
966When using the '=' register you get the expression itself, not what it
967evaluates to. Use |eval()| to evaluate it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000968
969
970nesting *expr-nesting* *E110*
971-------
972(expr1) nested expression
973
974
975environment variable *expr-env*
976--------------------
977$VAR environment variable
978
979The String value of any environment variable. When it is not defined, the
980result is an empty string.
981 *expr-env-expand*
982Note that there is a difference between using $VAR directly and using
983expand("$VAR"). Using it directly will only expand environment variables that
984are known inside the current Vim session. Using expand() will first try using
985the environment variables known inside the current Vim session. If that
986fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable. This can be slow, but it
987does expand all variables that the shell knows about. Example: >
988 :echo $version
989 :echo expand("$version")
990The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
991variable (if your shell supports it).
992
993
994internal variable *expr-variable*
995-----------------
996variable internal variable
997See below |internal-variables|.
998
999
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001000function call *expr-function* *E116* *E118* *E119* *E120*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001-------------
1002function(expr1, ...) function call
1003See below |functions|.
1004
1005
1006==============================================================================
10073. Internal variable *internal-variables* *E121*
1008 *E461*
1009An internal variable name can be made up of letters, digits and '_'. But it
1010cannot start with a digit. It's also possible to use curly braces, see
1011|curly-braces-names|.
1012
1013An internal variable is created with the ":let" command |:let|.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001014An internal variable is explicitly destroyed with the ":unlet" command
1015|:unlet|.
1016Using a name that is not an internal variable or refers to a variable that has
1017been destroyed results in an error.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001018
1019There are several name spaces for variables. Which one is to be used is
1020specified by what is prepended:
1021
1022 (nothing) In a function: local to a function; otherwise: global
1023|buffer-variable| b: Local to the current buffer.
1024|window-variable| w: Local to the current window.
1025|global-variable| g: Global.
1026|local-variable| l: Local to a function.
1027|script-variable| s: Local to a |:source|'ed Vim script.
1028|function-argument| a: Function argument (only inside a function).
1029|vim-variable| v: Global, predefined by Vim.
1030
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001031The scope name by itself can be used as a Dictionary. For example, to delete
1032all script-local variables: >
1033 :for k in keys(s:)
1034 : unlet s:[k]
1035 :endfor
1036<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 *buffer-variable* *b:var*
1038A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
1039Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
1040This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
1041|:bdelete|.
1042
1043One local buffer variable is predefined:
1044 *b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
1045b:changedtick The total number of changes to the current buffer. It is
1046 incremented for each change. An undo command is also a change
1047 in this case. This can be used to perform an action only when
1048 the buffer has changed. Example: >
1049 :if my_changedtick != b:changedtick
1050 : let my_changedtick = b:changedtick
1051 : call My_Update()
1052 :endif
1053<
1054 *window-variable* *w:var*
1055A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window. It
1056is deleted when the window is closed.
1057
1058 *global-variable* *g:var*
1059Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:". Omitting this will
1060access a variable local to a function. But "g:" can also be used in any other
1061place if you like.
1062
1063 *local-variable* *l:var*
1064Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
1065But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.
1066
1067 *script-variable* *s:var*
1068In a Vim script variables starting with "s:" can be used. They cannot be
1069accessed from outside of the scripts, thus are local to the script.
1070
1071They can be used in:
1072- commands executed while the script is sourced
1073- functions defined in the script
1074- autocommands defined in the script
1075- functions and autocommands defined in functions and autocommands which were
1076 defined in the script (recursively)
1077- user defined commands defined in the script
1078Thus not in:
1079- other scripts sourced from this one
1080- mappings
1081- etc.
1082
1083script variables can be used to avoid conflicts with global variable names.
1084Take this example:
1085
1086 let s:counter = 0
1087 function MyCounter()
1088 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1089 echo s:counter
1090 endfunction
1091 command Tick call MyCounter()
1092
1093You can now invoke "Tick" from any script, and the "s:counter" variable in
1094that script will not be changed, only the "s:counter" in the script where
1095"Tick" was defined is used.
1096
1097Another example that does the same: >
1098
1099 let s:counter = 0
1100 command Tick let s:counter = s:counter + 1 | echo s:counter
1101
1102When calling a function and invoking a user-defined command, the context for
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001103script variables is set to the script where the function or command was
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001104defined.
1105
1106The script variables are also available when a function is defined inside a
1107function that is defined in a script. Example: >
1108
1109 let s:counter = 0
1110 function StartCounting(incr)
1111 if a:incr
1112 function MyCounter()
1113 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1114 endfunction
1115 else
1116 function MyCounter()
1117 let s:counter = s:counter - 1
1118 endfunction
1119 endif
1120 endfunction
1121
1122This defines the MyCounter() function either for counting up or counting down
1123when calling StartCounting(). It doesn't matter from where StartCounting() is
1124called, the s:counter variable will be accessible in MyCounter().
1125
1126When the same script is sourced again it will use the same script variables.
1127They will remain valid as long as Vim is running. This can be used to
1128maintain a counter: >
1129
1130 if !exists("s:counter")
1131 let s:counter = 1
1132 echo "script executed for the first time"
1133 else
1134 let s:counter = s:counter + 1
1135 echo "script executed " . s:counter . " times now"
1136 endif
1137
1138Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
1139variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
1140
1141
1142Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var*
1143
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001144 *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
1145v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
1146 This is the byte index in the |v:beval_lnum| line.
1147 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1148
1149 *v:beval_bufnr* *beval_bufnr-variable*
1150v:beval_bufnr The number of the buffer, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1151 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1152
1153 *v:beval_lnum* *beval_lnum-variable*
1154v:beval_lnum The number of the line, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1155 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1156
1157 *v:beval_text* *beval_text-variable*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001158v:beval_text The text under or after the mouse pointer. Usually a word as
1159 it is useful for debugging a C program. 'iskeyword' applies,
1160 but a dot and "->" before the position is included. When on a
1161 ']' the text before it is used, including the matching '[' and
Bram Moolenaare4efc3b2005-03-07 23:16:51 +00001162 word before it. When on a Visual area within one line the
1163 highlighted text is used.
1164 Only valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1165
1166 *v:beval_winnr* *beval_winnr-variable*
1167v:beval_winnr The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
1168 valid while evaluating the 'balloonexpr' option.
1169
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001170 *v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
1171v:charconvert_from
1172 The name of the character encoding of a file to be converted.
1173 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1174
1175 *v:charconvert_to* *charconvert_to-variable*
1176v:charconvert_to
1177 The name of the character encoding of a file after conversion.
1178 Only valid while evaluating the 'charconvert' option.
1179
1180 *v:cmdarg* *cmdarg-variable*
1181v:cmdarg This variable is used for two purposes:
1182 1. The extra arguments given to a file read/write command.
1183 Currently these are "++enc=" and "++ff=". This variable is
1184 set before an autocommand event for a file read/write
1185 command is triggered. There is a leading space to make it
1186 possible to append this variable directly after the
1187 read/write command. Note: The "+cmd" argument isn't
1188 included here, because it will be executed anyway.
1189 2. When printing a PostScript file with ":hardcopy" this is
1190 the argument for the ":hardcopy" command. This can be used
1191 in 'printexpr'.
1192
1193 *v:cmdbang* *cmdbang-variable*
1194v:cmdbang Set like v:cmdarg for a file read/write command. When a "!"
1195 was used the value is 1, otherwise it is 0. Note that this
1196 can only be used in autocommands. For user commands |<bang>|
1197 can be used.
1198
1199 *v:count* *count-variable*
1200v:count The count given for the last Normal mode command. Can be used
1201 to get the count before a mapping. Read-only. Example: >
1202 :map _x :<C-U>echo "the count is " . v:count<CR>
1203< Note: The <C-U> is required to remove the line range that you
1204 get when typing ':' after a count.
1205 "count" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1206
1207 *v:count1* *count1-variable*
1208v:count1 Just like "v:count", but defaults to one when no count is
1209 used.
1210
1211 *v:ctype* *ctype-variable*
1212v:ctype The current locale setting for characters of the runtime
1213 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1214 current locale encoding. Technical: it's the value of
1215 LC_CTYPE. When not using a locale the value is "C".
1216 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1217 command.
1218 See |multi-lang|.
1219
1220 *v:dying* *dying-variable*
1221v:dying Normally zero. When a deadly signal is caught it's set to
1222 one. When multiple signals are caught the number increases.
1223 Can be used in an autocommand to check if Vim didn't
1224 terminate normally. {only works on Unix}
1225 Example: >
1226 :au VimLeave * if v:dying | echo "\nAAAAaaaarrrggghhhh!!!\n" | endif
1227<
1228 *v:errmsg* *errmsg-variable*
1229v:errmsg Last given error message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1230 Example: >
1231 :let v:errmsg = ""
1232 :silent! next
1233 :if v:errmsg != ""
1234 : ... handle error
1235< "errmsg" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1236
1237 *v:exception* *exception-variable*
1238v:exception The value of the exception most recently caught and not
1239 finished. See also |v:throwpoint| and |throw-variables|.
1240 Example: >
1241 :try
1242 : throw "oops"
1243 :catch /.*/
1244 : echo "caught" v:exception
1245 :endtry
1246< Output: "caught oops".
1247
Bram Moolenaar19a09a12005-03-04 23:39:37 +00001248 *v:fcs_reason* *fcs_reason-variable*
1249v:fcs_reason The reason why the |FileChangedShell| event was triggered.
1250 Can be used in an autocommand to decide what to do and/or what
1251 to set v:fcs_choice to. Possible values:
1252 deleted file no longer exists
1253 conflict file contents, mode or timestamp was
1254 changed and buffer is modified
1255 changed file contents has changed
1256 mode mode of file changed
1257 time only file timestamp changed
1258
1259 *v:fcs_choice* *fcs_choice-variable*
1260v:fcs_choice What should happen after a |FileChangedShell| event was
1261 triggered. Can be used in an autocommand to tell Vim what to
1262 do with the affected buffer:
1263 reload Reload the buffer (does not work if
1264 the file was deleted).
1265 ask Ask the user what to do, as if there
1266 was no autocommand. Except that when
1267 only the timestamp changed nothing
1268 will happen.
1269 <empty> Nothing, the autocommand should do
1270 everything that needs to be done.
1271 The default is empty. If another (invalid) value is used then
1272 Vim behaves like it is empty, there is no warning message.
1273
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001274 *v:fname_in* *fname_in-variable*
1275v:fname_in The name of the input file. Only valid while evaluating:
1276 option used for ~
1277 'charconvert' file to be converted
1278 'diffexpr' original file
1279 'patchexpr' original file
1280 'printexpr' file to be printed
1281
1282 *v:fname_out* *fname_out-variable*
1283v:fname_out The name of the output file. Only valid while
1284 evaluating:
1285 option used for ~
1286 'charconvert' resulting converted file (*)
1287 'diffexpr' output of diff
1288 'patchexpr' resulting patched file
1289 (*) When doing conversion for a write command (e.g., ":w
1290 file") it will be equal to v:fname_in. When doing conversion
1291 for a read command (e.g., ":e file") it will be a temporary
1292 file and different from v:fname_in.
1293
1294 *v:fname_new* *fname_new-variable*
1295v:fname_new The name of the new version of the file. Only valid while
1296 evaluating 'diffexpr'.
1297
1298 *v:fname_diff* *fname_diff-variable*
1299v:fname_diff The name of the diff (patch) file. Only valid while
1300 evaluating 'patchexpr'.
1301
1302 *v:folddashes* *folddashes-variable*
1303v:folddashes Used for 'foldtext': dashes representing foldlevel of a closed
1304 fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001305 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001306
1307 *v:foldlevel* *foldlevel-variable*
1308v:foldlevel Used for 'foldtext': foldlevel of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001309 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001310
1311 *v:foldend* *foldend-variable*
1312v:foldend Used for 'foldtext': last line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001313 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
1315 *v:foldstart* *foldstart-variable*
1316v:foldstart Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001317 Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00001319 *v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
1320v:insertmode Used for the |InsertEnter| and |InsertChange| autocommand
1321 events. Values:
1322 i Insert mode
1323 r Replace mode
1324 v Virtual Replace mode
1325
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001326 *v:key* *key-variable*
1327v:key Key of the current item of a Dictionary. Only valid while
1328 evaluating the expression used with |map()| and |filter()|.
1329 Read-only.
1330
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001331 *v:lang* *lang-variable*
1332v:lang The current locale setting for messages of the runtime
1333 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1334 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_MESSAGES.
1335 The value is system dependent.
1336 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1337 command.
1338 It can be different from |v:ctype| when messages are desired
1339 in a different language than what is used for character
1340 encoding. See |multi-lang|.
1341
1342 *v:lc_time* *lc_time-variable*
1343v:lc_time The current locale setting for time messages of the runtime
1344 environment. This allows Vim scripts to be aware of the
1345 current language. Technical: it's the value of LC_TIME.
1346 This variable can not be set directly, use the |:language|
1347 command. See |multi-lang|.
1348
1349 *v:lnum* *lnum-variable*
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001350v:lnum Line number for the 'foldexpr' |fold-expr| and 'indentexpr'
1351 expressions. Only valid while one of these expressions is
1352 being evaluated. Read-only when in the |sandbox|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354 *v:prevcount* *prevcount-variable*
1355v:prevcount The count given for the last but one Normal mode command.
1356 This is the v:count value of the previous command. Useful if
1357 you want to cancel Visual mode and then use the count. >
1358 :vmap % <Esc>:call MyFilter(v:prevcount)<CR>
1359< Read-only.
1360
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00001361 *v:profiling* *profiling-variable*
1362v:profiling Normally zero. Set to one after using ":profile start".
1363 See |profiling|.
1364
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365 *v:progname* *progname-variable*
1366v:progname Contains the name (with path removed) with which Vim was
1367 invoked. Allows you to do special initialisations for "view",
1368 "evim" etc., or any other name you might symlink to Vim.
1369 Read-only.
1370
1371 *v:register* *register-variable*
1372v:register The name of the register supplied to the last normal mode
1373 command. Empty if none were supplied. |getreg()| |setreg()|
1374
1375 *v:servername* *servername-variable*
1376v:servername The resulting registered |x11-clientserver| name if any.
1377 Read-only.
1378
1379 *v:shell_error* *shell_error-variable*
1380v:shell_error Result of the last shell command. When non-zero, the last
1381 shell command had an error. When zero, there was no problem.
1382 This only works when the shell returns the error code to Vim.
1383 The value -1 is often used when the command could not be
1384 executed. Read-only.
1385 Example: >
1386 :!mv foo bar
1387 :if v:shell_error
1388 : echo 'could not rename "foo" to "bar"!'
1389 :endif
1390< "shell_error" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1391
1392 *v:statusmsg* *statusmsg-variable*
1393v:statusmsg Last given status message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1394
1395 *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
1396v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
1397 termcap entry. It is set when Vim receives an escape sequence
1398 that starts with ESC [ or CSI and ends in a 'c', with only
1399 digits, ';' and '.' in between.
1400 When this option is set, the TermResponse autocommand event is
1401 fired, so that you can react to the response from the
1402 terminal.
1403 The response from a new xterm is: "<Esc>[ Pp ; Pv ; Pc c". Pp
1404 is the terminal type: 0 for vt100 and 1 for vt220. Pv is the
1405 patch level (since this was introduced in patch 95, it's
1406 always 95 or bigger). Pc is always zero.
1407 {only when compiled with |+termresponse| feature}
1408
1409 *v:this_session* *this_session-variable*
1410v:this_session Full filename of the last loaded or saved session file. See
1411 |:mksession|. It is allowed to set this variable. When no
1412 session file has been saved, this variable is empty.
1413 "this_session" also works, for backwards compatibility.
1414
1415 *v:throwpoint* *throwpoint-variable*
1416v:throwpoint The point where the exception most recently caught and not
1417 finished was thrown. Not set when commands are typed. See
1418 also |v:exception| and |throw-variables|.
1419 Example: >
1420 :try
1421 : throw "oops"
1422 :catch /.*/
1423 : echo "Exception from" v:throwpoint
1424 :endtry
1425< Output: "Exception from test.vim, line 2"
1426
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001427 *v:val* *val-variable*
1428v:val Value of the current item of a List or Dictionary. Only valid
1429 while evaluating the expression used with |map()| and
1430 |filter()|. Read-only.
1431
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001432 *v:version* *version-variable*
1433v:version Version number of Vim: Major version number times 100 plus
1434 minor version number. Version 5.0 is 500. Version 5.1 (5.01)
1435 is 501. Read-only. "version" also works, for backwards
1436 compatibility.
1437 Use |has()| to check if a certain patch was included, e.g.: >
1438 if has("patch123")
1439< Note that patch numbers are specific to the version, thus both
1440 version 5.0 and 5.1 may have a patch 123, but these are
1441 completely different.
1442
1443 *v:warningmsg* *warningmsg-variable*
1444v:warningmsg Last given warning message. It's allowed to set this variable.
1445
1446==============================================================================
14474. Builtin Functions *functions*
1448
1449See |function-list| for a list grouped by what the function is used for.
1450
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001451(Use CTRL-] on the function name to jump to the full explanation.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001452
1453USAGE RESULT DESCRIPTION ~
1454
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001455add( {list}, {item}) List append {item} to List {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001456append( {lnum}, {string}) Number append {string} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001457append( {lnum}, {list}) Number append lines {list} below line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458argc() Number number of files in the argument list
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001459argidx() Number current index in the argument list
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001460argv( {nr}) String {nr} entry of the argument list
1461browse( {save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1462 String put up a file requester
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001463browsedir( {title}, {initdir}) String put up a directory requester
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464bufexists( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} exists
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001465buflisted( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is listed
1466bufloaded( {expr}) Number TRUE if buffer {expr} is loaded
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001467bufname( {expr}) String Name of the buffer {expr}
1468bufnr( {expr}) Number Number of the buffer {expr}
1469bufwinnr( {expr}) Number window number of buffer {expr}
1470byte2line( {byte}) Number line number at byte count {byte}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001471byteidx( {expr}, {nr}) Number byte index of {nr}'th char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001472call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
1473 any call {func} with arguments {arglist}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001474char2nr( {expr}) Number ASCII value of first char in {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001475cindent( {lnum}) Number C indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476col( {expr}) Number column nr of cursor or mark
1477confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1478 Number number of choice picked by user
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001479copy( {expr}) any make a shallow copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001480count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1481 Number count how many {expr} are in {list}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001482cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1483 Number checks existence of cscope connection
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001484cursor( {lnum}, {col}) Number position cursor at {lnum}, {col}
1485deepcopy( {expr}) any make a full copy of {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001486delete( {fname}) Number delete file {fname}
1487did_filetype() Number TRUE if FileType autocommand event used
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001488diff_filler( {lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum}
1489diff_hlID( {lnum}, {col}) Number diff highlighting at {lnum}/{col}
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001490empty( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is empty
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001491escape( {string}, {chars}) String escape {chars} in {string} with '\'
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001492eval( {string}) any evaluate {string} into its value
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001493eventhandler( ) Number TRUE if inside an event handler
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001494executable( {expr}) Number 1 if executable {expr} exists
1495exists( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} exists
1496expand( {expr}) String expand special keywords in {expr}
1497filereadable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a readable file
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001498filter( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict remove items from {expr} where
1499 {string} is 0
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001500finddir( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
1501 String Find directory {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001502findfile( {name}[, {path}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001503 String Find file {name} in {path}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001504filewritable( {file}) Number TRUE if {file} is a writable file
1505fnamemodify( {fname}, {mods}) String modify file name
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001506foldclosed( {lnum}) Number first line of fold at {lnum} if closed
1507foldclosedend( {lnum}) Number last line of fold at {lnum} if closed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508foldlevel( {lnum}) Number fold level at {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001509foldtext( ) String line displayed for closed fold
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001510foreground( ) Number bring the Vim window to the foreground
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001511function( {name}) Funcref reference to function {name}
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001512get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}]) any get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001513get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}]) any get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00001514getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
1515 List lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001516getchar( [expr]) Number get one character from the user
1517getcharmod( ) Number modifiers for the last typed character
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001518getbufvar( {expr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
1519getcmdline() String return the current command-line
1520getcmdpos() Number return cursor position in command-line
1521getcwd() String the current working directory
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001522getfperm( {fname}) String file permissions of file {fname}
1523getfsize( {fname}) Number size in bytes of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00001524getfontname( [{name}]) String name of font being used
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001525getftime( {fname}) Number last modification time of file
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00001526getftype( {fname}) String description of type of file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00001527getline( {lnum}) String line {lnum} of current buffer
1528getline( {lnum}, {end}) List lines {lnum} to {end} of current buffer
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00001529getqflist() List list of quickfix items
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001530getreg( [{regname} [, 1]]) String contents of register
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001531getregtype( [{regname}]) String type of register
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001532getwinposx() Number X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1533getwinposy() Number Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
1534getwinvar( {nr}, {varname}) variable {varname} in window {nr}
1535glob( {expr}) String expand file wildcards in {expr}
1536globpath( {path}, {expr}) String do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
1537has( {feature}) Number TRUE if feature {feature} supported
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001538has_key( {dict}, {key}) Number TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539hasmapto( {what} [, {mode}]) Number TRUE if mapping to {what} exists
1540histadd( {history},{item}) String add an item to a history
1541histdel( {history} [, {item}]) String remove an item from a history
1542histget( {history} [, {index}]) String get the item {index} from a history
1543histnr( {history}) Number highest index of a history
1544hlexists( {name}) Number TRUE if highlight group {name} exists
1545hlID( {name}) Number syntax ID of highlight group {name}
1546hostname() String name of the machine Vim is running on
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001547iconv( {expr}, {from}, {to}) String convert encoding of {expr}
1548indent( {lnum}) Number indent of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001549index( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
1550 Number index in {list} where {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551input( {prompt} [, {text}]) String get input from the user
1552inputdialog( {p} [, {t} [, {c}]]) String like input() but in a GUI dialog
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001553inputrestore() Number restore typeahead
1554inputsave() Number save and clear typeahead
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001555inputsecret( {prompt} [, {text}]) String like input() but hiding the text
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001556insert( {list}, {item} [, {idx}]) List insert {item} in {list} [before {idx}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001557isdirectory( {directory}) Number TRUE if {directory} is a directory
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00001558islocked( {expr}) Number TRUE if {expr} is locked
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001559items( {dict}) List List of key-value pairs in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001560join( {list} [, {sep}]) String join {list} items into one String
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001561keys( {dict}) List List of keys in {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001562len( {expr}) Number the length of {expr}
1563libcall( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) String call {func} in library {lib} with {arg}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001564libcallnr( {lib}, {func}, {arg}) Number idem, but return a Number
1565line( {expr}) Number line nr of cursor, last line or mark
1566line2byte( {lnum}) Number byte count of line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001567lispindent( {lnum}) Number Lisp indent for line {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568localtime() Number current time
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001569map( {expr}, {string}) List/Dict change each item in {expr} to {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001570maparg( {name}[, {mode}]) String rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}
1571mapcheck( {name}[, {mode}]) String check for mappings matching {name}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001572match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001573 Number position where {pat} matches in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001574matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001575 Number position where {pat} ends in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001576matchlist( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1577 List match and submatches of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00001578matchstr( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
1579 String {count}'th match of {pat} in {expr}
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00001580max({list}) Number maximum value of items in {list}
1581min({list}) Number minumum value of items in {list}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001582mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
1583 Number create directory {name}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001584mode() String current editing mode
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001585nextnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
1586nr2char( {expr}) String single char with ASCII value {expr}
1587prevnonblank( {lnum}) Number line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00001588printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...) String format text
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001589range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
1590 List items from {expr} to {max}
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00001591readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
1592 List get list of lines from file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001593remote_expr( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1594 String send expression
1595remote_foreground( {server}) Number bring Vim server to the foreground
1596remote_peek( {serverid} [, {retvar}])
1597 Number check for reply string
1598remote_read( {serverid}) String read reply string
1599remote_send( {server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
1600 String send key sequence
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001601remove( {list}, {idx} [, {end}]) any remove items {idx}-{end} from {list}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00001602remove( {dict}, {key}) any remove entry {key} from {dict}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001603rename( {from}, {to}) Number rename (move) file from {from} to {to}
1604repeat( {expr}, {count}) String repeat {expr} {count} times
1605resolve( {filename}) String get filename a shortcut points to
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001606reverse( {list}) List reverse {list} in-place
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001607search( {pattern} [, {flags}]) Number search for {pattern}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001608searchpair( {start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001609 Number search for other end of start/end pair
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610server2client( {clientid}, {string})
1611 Number send reply string
1612serverlist() String get a list of available servers
1613setbufvar( {expr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val}
1614setcmdpos( {pos}) Number set cursor position in command-line
1615setline( {lnum}, {line}) Number set line {lnum} to {line}
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00001616setqflist( {list}[, {action}]) Number set list of quickfix items using {list}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001617setreg( {n}, {v}[, {opt}]) Number set register to value and type
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001618setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val}) set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001619simplify( {filename}) String simplify filename as much as possible
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001620sort( {list} [, {func}]) List sort {list}, using {func} to compare
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00001621soundfold( {word}) String sound-fold {word}
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00001622spellbadword() String badly spelled word at cursor
1623spellsuggest({word} [, {max}]) List spelling suggestions
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00001624split( {expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
1625 List make List from {pat} separated {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001626strftime( {format}[, {time}]) String time in specified format
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00001627stridx( {haystack}, {needle}[, {start}])
1628 Number index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00001629string( {expr}) String String representation of {expr} value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630strlen( {expr}) Number length of the String {expr}
1631strpart( {src}, {start}[, {len}])
1632 String {len} characters of {src} at {start}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001633strridx( {haystack}, {needle} [, {start}])
1634 Number last index of {needle} in {haystack}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001635strtrans( {expr}) String translate string to make it printable
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001636submatch( {nr}) String specific match in ":substitute"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637substitute( {expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
1638 String all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00001639synID( {lnum}, {col}, {trans}) Number syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640synIDattr( {synID}, {what} [, {mode}])
1641 String attribute {what} of syntax ID {synID}
1642synIDtrans( {synID}) Number translated syntax ID of {synID}
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001643system( {expr} [, {input}]) String output of shell command/filter {expr}
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00001644taglist({expr}) List list of tags matching {expr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645tempname() String name for a temporary file
1646tolower( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to lowercase
1647toupper( {expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001648tr( {src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr}
1649 to chars in {tostr}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001650type( {name}) Number type of variable {name}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001651values( {dict}) List List of values in {dict}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652virtcol( {expr}) Number screen column of cursor or mark
1653visualmode( [expr]) String last visual mode used
1654winbufnr( {nr}) Number buffer number of window {nr}
1655wincol() Number window column of the cursor
1656winheight( {nr}) Number height of window {nr}
1657winline() Number window line of the cursor
1658winnr() Number number of current window
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001659winrestcmd() String returns command to restore window sizes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660winwidth( {nr}) Number width of window {nr}
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00001661writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
1662 Number write list of lines to file {fname}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001663
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001664add({list}, {expr}) *add()*
1665 Append the item {expr} to List {list}. Returns the resulting
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001666 List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001667 :let alist = add([1, 2, 3], item)
1668 :call add(mylist, "woodstock")
1669< Note that when {expr} is a List it is appended as a single
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001670 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00001671 Use |insert()| to add an item at another position.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001673
1674append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()*
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001675 When {expr} is a List: Append each item of the List as a text
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001676 line below line {lnum} in the current buffer.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00001677 Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in
1678 the current buffer.
1679 {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001680 Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
1681 0 for success. Example: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001682 :let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00001683 :let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001684<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001685 *argc()*
1686argc() The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
1687 current window. See |arglist|.
1688
1689 *argidx()*
1690argidx() The result is the current index in the argument list. 0 is
1691 the first file. argc() - 1 is the last one. See |arglist|.
1692
1693 *argv()*
1694argv({nr}) The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
1695 current window. See |arglist|. "argv(0)" is the first one.
1696 Example: >
1697 :let i = 0
1698 :while i < argc()
1699 : let f = escape(argv(i), '. ')
1700 : exe 'amenu Arg.' . f . ' :e ' . f . '<CR>'
1701 : let i = i + 1
1702 :endwhile
1703<
1704 *browse()*
1705browse({save}, {title}, {initdir}, {default})
1706 Put up a file requester. This only works when "has("browse")"
1707 returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1708 The input fields are:
1709 {save} when non-zero, select file to write
1710 {title} title for the requester
1711 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1712 {default} default file name
1713 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1714 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1715
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00001716 *browsedir()*
1717browsedir({title}, {initdir})
1718 Put up a directory requester. This only works when
1719 "has("browse")" returns non-zero (only in some GUI versions).
1720 On systems where a directory browser is not supported a file
1721 browser is used. In that case: select a file in the directory
1722 to be used.
1723 The input fields are:
1724 {title} title for the requester
1725 {initdir} directory to start browsing in
1726 When the "Cancel" button is hit, something went wrong, or
1727 browsing is not possible, an empty string is returned.
1728
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729bufexists({expr}) *bufexists()*
1730 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1731 {expr} exists.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001732 If the {expr} argument is a number, buffer numbers are used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001733 If the {expr} argument is a string it must match a buffer name
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001734 exactly. The name can be:
1735 - Relative to the current directory.
1736 - A full path.
1737 - The name of a buffer with 'filetype' set to "nofile".
1738 - A URL name.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001739 Unlisted buffers will be found.
1740 Note that help files are listed by their short name in the
1741 output of |:buffers|, but bufexists() requires using their
1742 long name to be able to find them.
1743 Use "bufexists(0)" to test for the existence of an alternate
1744 file name.
1745 *buffer_exists()*
1746 Obsolete name: buffer_exists().
1747
1748buflisted({expr}) *buflisted()*
1749 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1750 {expr} exists and is listed (has the 'buflisted' option set).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001751 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752
1753bufloaded({expr}) *bufloaded()*
1754 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a buffer called
1755 {expr} exists and is loaded (shown in a window or hidden).
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00001756 The {expr} argument is used like with |bufexists()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001757
1758bufname({expr}) *bufname()*
1759 The result is the name of a buffer, as it is displayed by the
1760 ":ls" command.
1761 If {expr} is a Number, that buffer number's name is given.
1762 Number zero is the alternate buffer for the current window.
1763 If {expr} is a String, it is used as a |file-pattern| to match
1764 with the buffer names. This is always done like 'magic' is
1765 set and 'cpoptions' is empty. When there is more than one
1766 match an empty string is returned.
1767 "" or "%" can be used for the current buffer, "#" for the
1768 alternate buffer.
1769 A full match is preferred, otherwise a match at the start, end
1770 or middle of the buffer name is accepted.
1771 Listed buffers are found first. If there is a single match
1772 with a listed buffer, that one is returned. Next unlisted
1773 buffers are searched for.
1774 If the {expr} is a String, but you want to use it as a buffer
1775 number, force it to be a Number by adding zero to it: >
1776 :echo bufname("3" + 0)
1777< If the buffer doesn't exist, or doesn't have a name, an empty
1778 string is returned. >
1779 bufname("#") alternate buffer name
1780 bufname(3) name of buffer 3
1781 bufname("%") name of current buffer
1782 bufname("file2") name of buffer where "file2" matches.
1783< *buffer_name()*
1784 Obsolete name: buffer_name().
1785
1786 *bufnr()*
1787bufnr({expr}) The result is the number of a buffer, as it is displayed by
1788 the ":ls" command. For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|
1789 above. If the buffer doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
1790 bufnr("$") is the last buffer: >
1791 :let last_buffer = bufnr("$")
1792< The result is a Number, which is the highest buffer number
1793 of existing buffers. Note that not all buffers with a smaller
1794 number necessarily exist, because ":bwipeout" may have removed
1795 them. Use bufexists() to test for the existence of a buffer.
1796 *buffer_number()*
1797 Obsolete name: buffer_number().
1798 *last_buffer_nr()*
1799 Obsolete name for bufnr("$"): last_buffer_nr().
1800
1801bufwinnr({expr}) *bufwinnr()*
1802 The result is a Number, which is the number of the first
1803 window associated with buffer {expr}. For the use of {expr},
1804 see |bufname()| above. If buffer {expr} doesn't exist or
1805 there is no such window, -1 is returned. Example: >
1806
1807 echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " . (bufwinnr(1))
1808
1809< The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
1810 |:wincmd|.
1811
1812
1813byte2line({byte}) *byte2line()*
1814 Return the line number that contains the character at byte
1815 count {byte} in the current buffer. This includes the
1816 end-of-line character, depending on the 'fileformat' option
1817 for the current buffer. The first character has byte count
1818 one.
1819 Also see |line2byte()|, |go| and |:goto|.
1820 {not available when compiled without the |+byte_offset|
1821 feature}
1822
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00001823byteidx({expr}, {nr}) *byteidx()*
1824 Return byte index of the {nr}'th character in the string
1825 {expr}. Use zero for the first character, it returns zero.
1826 This function is only useful when there are multibyte
1827 characters, otherwise the returned value is equal to {nr}.
1828 Composing characters are counted as a separate character.
1829 Example : >
1830 echo matchstr(str, ".", byteidx(str, 3))
1831< will display the fourth character. Another way to do the
1832 same: >
1833 let s = strpart(str, byteidx(str, 3))
1834 echo strpart(s, 0, byteidx(s, 1))
1835< If there are less than {nr} characters -1 is returned.
1836 If there are exactly {nr} characters the length of the string
1837 is returned.
1838
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001839call({func}, {arglist} [, {dict}]) *call()* *E699*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001840 Call function {func} with the items in List {arglist} as
1841 arguments.
1842 {func} can either be a Funcref or the name of a function.
1843 a:firstline and a:lastline are set to the cursor line.
1844 Returns the return value of the called function.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001845 {dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute. It will be
1846 used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001847
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001848char2nr({expr}) *char2nr()*
1849 Return number value of the first char in {expr}. Examples: >
1850 char2nr(" ") returns 32
1851 char2nr("ABC") returns 65
1852< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
1853 char2nr("á") returns 225
1854 char2nr("á"[0]) returns 195
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00001855< nr2char() does the opposite.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001856
1857cindent({lnum}) *cindent()*
1858 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C
1859 indenting rules, as with 'cindent'.
1860 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
1861 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
1862 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the |+cindent|
1863 feature, -1 is returned.
1864
1865 *col()*
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00001866col({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001867 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
1868 . the cursor position
1869 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
1870 number of characters in the cursor line plus one)
1871 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
1872 returned)
1873 For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.
1874 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
1875 Examples: >
1876 col(".") column of cursor
1877 col("$") length of cursor line plus one
1878 col("'t") column of mark t
1879 col("'" . markname) column of mark markname
1880< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
1881 For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
1882 column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
1883 line. This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
1884 :imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
1885 \<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
1886 \<C-O>:echo col(".") . "\n" <Bar>
1887 \let &ve = save_ve<CR>
1888<
1889 *confirm()*
1890confirm({msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
1891 Confirm() offers the user a dialog, from which a choice can be
1892 made. It returns the number of the choice. For the first
1893 choice this is 1.
1894 Note: confirm() is only supported when compiled with dialog
1895 support, see |+dialog_con| and |+dialog_gui|.
1896 {msg} is displayed in a |dialog| with {choices} as the
1897 alternatives. When {choices} is missing or empty, "&OK" is
1898 used (and translated).
1899 {msg} is a String, use '\n' to include a newline. Only on
1900 some systems the string is wrapped when it doesn't fit.
1901 {choices} is a String, with the individual choices separated
1902 by '\n', e.g. >
1903 confirm("Save changes?", "&Yes\n&No\n&Cancel")
1904< The letter after the '&' is the shortcut key for that choice.
1905 Thus you can type 'c' to select "Cancel". The shortcut does
1906 not need to be the first letter: >
1907 confirm("file has been modified", "&Save\nSave &All")
1908< For the console, the first letter of each choice is used as
1909 the default shortcut key.
1910 The optional {default} argument is the number of the choice
1911 that is made if the user hits <CR>. Use 1 to make the first
1912 choice the default one. Use 0 to not set a default. If
1913 {default} is omitted, 1 is used.
1914 The optional {type} argument gives the type of dialog. This
1915 is only used for the icon of the Win32 GUI. It can be one of
1916 these values: "Error", "Question", "Info", "Warning" or
1917 "Generic". Only the first character is relevant. When {type}
1918 is omitted, "Generic" is used.
1919 If the user aborts the dialog by pressing <Esc>, CTRL-C,
1920 or another valid interrupt key, confirm() returns 0.
1921
1922 An example: >
1923 :let choice = confirm("What do you want?", "&Apples\n&Oranges\n&Bananas", 2)
1924 :if choice == 0
1925 : echo "make up your mind!"
1926 :elseif choice == 3
1927 : echo "tasteful"
1928 :else
1929 : echo "I prefer bananas myself."
1930 :endif
1931< In a GUI dialog, buttons are used. The layout of the buttons
1932 depends on the 'v' flag in 'guioptions'. If it is included,
1933 the buttons are always put vertically. Otherwise, confirm()
1934 tries to put the buttons in one horizontal line. If they
1935 don't fit, a vertical layout is used anyway. For some systems
1936 the horizontal layout is always used.
1937
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00001938 *copy()*
1939copy({expr}) Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
1940 different from using {expr} directly.
1941 When {expr} is a List a shallow copy is created. This means
1942 that the original List can be changed without changing the
1943 copy, and vise versa. But the items are identical, thus
1944 changing an item changes the contents of both Lists. Also see
1945 |deepcopy()|.
1946
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001947count({comp}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]]) *count()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001948 Return the number of times an item with value {expr} appears
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00001949 in List or Dictionary {comp}.
1950 If {start} is given then start with the item with this index.
1951 {start} can only be used with a List.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00001952 When {ic} is given and it's non-zero then case is ignored.
1953
1954
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001955 *cscope_connection()*
1956cscope_connection([{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
1957 Checks for the existence of a |cscope| connection. If no
1958 parameters are specified, then the function returns:
1959 0, if cscope was not available (not compiled in), or
1960 if there are no cscope connections;
1961 1, if there is at least one cscope connection.
1962
1963 If parameters are specified, then the value of {num}
1964 determines how existence of a cscope connection is checked:
1965
1966 {num} Description of existence check
1967 ----- ------------------------------
1968 0 Same as no parameters (e.g., "cscope_connection()").
1969 1 Ignore {prepend}, and use partial string matches for
1970 {dbpath}.
1971 2 Ignore {prepend}, and use exact string matches for
1972 {dbpath}.
1973 3 Use {prepend}, use partial string matches for both
1974 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1975 4 Use {prepend}, use exact string matches for both
1976 {dbpath} and {prepend}.
1977
1978 Note: All string comparisons are case sensitive!
1979
1980 Examples. Suppose we had the following (from ":cs show"): >
1981
1982 # pid database name prepend path
1983 0 27664 cscope.out /usr/local
1984<
1985 Invocation Return Val ~
1986 ---------- ---------- >
1987 cscope_connection() 1
1988 cscope_connection(1, "out") 1
1989 cscope_connection(2, "out") 0
1990 cscope_connection(3, "out") 0
1991 cscope_connection(3, "out", "local") 1
1992 cscope_connection(4, "out") 0
1993 cscope_connection(4, "out", "local") 0
1994 cscope_connection(4, "cscope.out", "/usr/local") 1
1995<
1996cursor({lnum}, {col}) *cursor()*
1997 Positions the cursor at the column {col} in the line {lnum}.
1998 Does not change the jumplist.
1999 If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2000 the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
2001 If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
2002 If {col} is greater than the number of characters in the line,
2003 the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
2004 line.
2005 If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
2006
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002007
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002008deepcopy({expr}[, {noref}]) *deepcopy()* *E698*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002009 Make a copy of {expr}. For Numbers and Strings this isn't
2010 different from using {expr} directly.
2011 When {expr} is a List a full copy is created. This means
2012 that the original List can be changed without changing the
2013 copy, and vise versa. When an item is a List, a copy for it
2014 is made, recursively. Thus changing an item in the copy does
2015 not change the contents of the original List.
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002016 When {noref} is omitted or zero a contained List or Dictionary
2017 is only copied once. All references point to this single
2018 copy. With {noref} set to 1 every occurrence of a List or
2019 Dictionary results in a new copy. This also means that a
2020 cyclic reference causes deepcopy() to fail.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00002021 *E724*
2022 Nesting is possible up to 100 levels. When there is an item
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00002023 that refers back to a higher level making a deep copy with
2024 {noref} set to 1 will fail.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002025 Also see |copy()|.
2026
2027delete({fname}) *delete()*
2028 Deletes the file by the name {fname}. The result is a Number,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002029 which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
2030 when the deletion failed.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002031 Use |remove()| to delete an item from a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002032
2033 *did_filetype()*
2034did_filetype() Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
2035 FileType event has been triggered at least once. Can be used
2036 to avoid triggering the FileType event again in the scripts
2037 that detect the file type. |FileType|
2038 When editing another file, the counter is reset, thus this
2039 really checks if the FileType event has been triggered for the
2040 current buffer. This allows an autocommand that starts
2041 editing another buffer to set 'filetype' and load a syntax
2042 file.
2043
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00002044diff_filler({lnum}) *diff_filler()*
2045 Returns the number of filler lines above line {lnum}.
2046 These are the lines that were inserted at this point in
2047 another diff'ed window. These filler lines are shown in the
2048 display but don't exist in the buffer.
2049 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2050 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2051 Returns 0 if the current window is not in diff mode.
2052
2053diff_hlID({lnum}, {col}) *diff_hlID()*
2054 Returns the highlight ID for diff mode at line {lnum} column
2055 {col} (byte index). When the current line does not have a
2056 diff change zero is returned.
2057 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2058 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2059 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
2060 line.
2061 The highlight ID can be used with |synIDattr()| to obtain
2062 syntax information about the highlighting.
2063
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002064empty({expr}) *empty()*
2065 Return the Number 1 if {expr} is empty, zero otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002066 A List or Dictionary is empty when it does not have any items.
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002067 A Number is empty when its value is zero.
2068 For a long List this is much faster then comparing the length
2069 with zero.
2070
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002071escape({string}, {chars}) *escape()*
2072 Escape the characters in {chars} that occur in {string} with a
2073 backslash. Example: >
2074 :echo escape('c:\program files\vim', ' \')
2075< results in: >
2076 c:\\program\ files\\vim
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002077
2078< *eval()*
2079eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to
2080 turn the result of |string()| back into the original value.
2081 This works for Numbers, Strings and composites of them.
2082 Also works for Funcrefs that refer to existing functions.
2083
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002084eventhandler() *eventhandler()*
2085 Returns 1 when inside an event handler. That is that Vim got
2086 interrupted while waiting for the user to type a character,
2087 e.g., when dropping a file on Vim. This means interactive
2088 commands cannot be used. Otherwise zero is returned.
2089
2090executable({expr}) *executable()*
2091 This function checks if an executable with the name {expr}
2092 exists. {expr} must be the name of the program without any
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00002093 arguments.
2094 executable() uses the value of $PATH and/or the normal
2095 searchpath for programs. *PATHEXT*
2096 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows the ".exe", ".bat", etc. can
2097 optionally be included. Then the extensions in $PATHEXT are
2098 tried. Thus if "foo.exe" does not exist, "foo.exe.bat" can be
2099 found. If $PATHEXT is not set then ".exe;.com;.bat;.cmd" is
2100 used. A dot by itself can be used in $PATHEXT to try using
2101 the name without an extension. When 'shell' looks like a
2102 Unix shell, then the name is also tried without adding an
2103 extension.
2104 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows it only checks if the file exists and
2105 is not a directory, not if it's really executable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002106 The result is a Number:
2107 1 exists
2108 0 does not exist
2109 -1 not implemented on this system
2110
2111 *exists()*
2112exists({expr}) The result is a Number, which is non-zero if {expr} is
2113 defined, zero otherwise. The {expr} argument is a string,
2114 which contains one of these:
2115 &option-name Vim option (only checks if it exists,
2116 not if it really works)
2117 +option-name Vim option that works.
2118 $ENVNAME environment variable (could also be
2119 done by comparing with an empty
2120 string)
2121 *funcname built-in function (see |functions|)
2122 or user defined function (see
2123 |user-functions|).
2124 varname internal variable (see
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00002125 |internal-variables|). Also works
2126 for |curly-braces-names|, Dictionary
2127 entries, List items, etc. Beware that
2128 this may cause functions to be
2129 invoked cause an error message for an
2130 invalid expression.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002131 :cmdname Ex command: built-in command, user
2132 command or command modifier |:command|.
2133 Returns:
2134 1 for match with start of a command
2135 2 full match with a command
2136 3 matches several user commands
2137 To check for a supported command
2138 always check the return value to be 2.
2139 #event autocommand defined for this event
2140 #event#pattern autocommand defined for this event and
2141 pattern (the pattern is taken
2142 literally and compared to the
2143 autocommand patterns character by
2144 character)
2145 For checking for a supported feature use |has()|.
2146
2147 Examples: >
2148 exists("&shortname")
2149 exists("$HOSTNAME")
2150 exists("*strftime")
2151 exists("*s:MyFunc")
2152 exists("bufcount")
2153 exists(":Make")
2154 exists("#CursorHold");
2155 exists("#BufReadPre#*.gz")
2156< There must be no space between the symbol (&/$/*/#) and the
2157 name.
2158 Note that the argument must be a string, not the name of the
2159 variable itself! For example: >
2160 exists(bufcount)
2161< This doesn't check for existence of the "bufcount" variable,
2162 but gets the contents of "bufcount", and checks if that
2163 exists.
2164
2165expand({expr} [, {flag}]) *expand()*
2166 Expand wildcards and the following special keywords in {expr}.
2167 The result is a String.
2168
2169 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2170 characters. [Note: in version 5.0 a space was used, which
2171 caused problems when a file name contains a space]
2172
2173 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string. A name
2174 for a non-existing file is not included.
2175
2176 When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
2177 like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
2178 modifiers. Here is a short overview:
2179
2180 % current file name
2181 # alternate file name
2182 #n alternate file name n
2183 <cfile> file name under the cursor
2184 <afile> autocmd file name
2185 <abuf> autocmd buffer number (as a String!)
2186 <amatch> autocmd matched name
2187 <sfile> sourced script file name
2188 <cword> word under the cursor
2189 <cWORD> WORD under the cursor
2190 <client> the {clientid} of the last received
2191 message |server2client()|
2192 Modifiers:
2193 :p expand to full path
2194 :h head (last path component removed)
2195 :t tail (last path component only)
2196 :r root (one extension removed)
2197 :e extension only
2198
2199 Example: >
2200 :let &tags = expand("%:p:h") . "/tags"
2201< Note that when expanding a string that starts with '%', '#' or
2202 '<', any following text is ignored. This does NOT work: >
2203 :let doesntwork = expand("%:h.bak")
2204< Use this: >
2205 :let doeswork = expand("%:h") . ".bak"
2206< Also note that expanding "<cfile>" and others only returns the
2207 referenced file name without further expansion. If "<cfile>"
2208 is "~/.cshrc", you need to do another expand() to have the
2209 "~/" expanded into the path of the home directory: >
2210 :echo expand(expand("<cfile>"))
2211<
2212 There cannot be white space between the variables and the
2213 following modifier. The |fnamemodify()| function can be used
2214 to modify normal file names.
2215
2216 When using '%' or '#', and the current or alternate file name
2217 is not defined, an empty string is used. Using "%:p" in a
2218 buffer with no name, results in the current directory, with a
2219 '/' added.
2220
2221 When {expr} does not start with '%', '#' or '<', it is
2222 expanded like a file name is expanded on the command line.
2223 'suffixes' and 'wildignore' are used, unless the optional
2224 {flag} argument is given and it is non-zero. Names for
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002225 non-existing files are included. The "**" item can be used to
2226 search in a directory tree. For example, to find all "README"
2227 files in the current directory and below: >
2228 :echo expand("**/README")
2229<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002230 Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
2231 variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be
2232 slow, because a shell must be started. See |expr-env-expand|.
2233 The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
2234 names. When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
2235 left unchanged. Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
2236 "$FOOBAR".
2237
2238 See |glob()| for finding existing files. See |system()| for
2239 getting the raw output of an external command.
2240
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002241extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}]) *extend()*
2242 {expr1} and {expr2} must be both Lists or both Dictionaries.
2243
2244 If they are Lists: Append {expr2} to {expr1}.
2245 If {expr3} is given insert the items of {expr2} before item
2246 {expr3} in {expr1}. When {expr3} is zero insert before the
2247 first item. When {expr3} is equal to len({expr1}) then
2248 {expr2} is appended.
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002249 Examples: >
2250 :echo sort(extend(mylist, [7, 5]))
2251 :call extend(mylist, [2, 3], 1)
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002252< Use |add()| to concatenate one item to a list. To concatenate
2253 two lists into a new list use the + operator: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002254 :let newlist = [1, 2, 3] + [4, 5]
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002255<
2256 If they are Dictionaries:
2257 Add all entries from {expr2} to {expr1}.
2258 If a key exists in both {expr1} and {expr2} then {expr3} is
2259 used to decide what to do:
2260 {expr3} = "keep": keep the value of {expr1}
2261 {expr3} = "force": use the value of {expr2}
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00002262 {expr3} = "error": give an error message *E737*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002263 When {expr3} is omitted then "force" is assumed.
2264
2265 {expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty. If necessary
2266 make a copy of {expr1} first.
2267 {expr2} remains unchanged.
2268 Returns {expr1}.
2269
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002270
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002271filereadable({file}) *filereadable()*
2272 The result is a Number, which is TRUE when a file with the
2273 name {file} exists, and can be read. If {file} doesn't exist,
2274 or is a directory, the result is FALSE. {file} is any
2275 expression, which is used as a String.
2276 *file_readable()*
2277 Obsolete name: file_readable().
2278
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002279
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002280filter({expr}, {string}) *filter()*
2281 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
2282 For each item in {expr} evaluate {string} and when the result
2283 is zero remove the item from the List or Dictionary.
2284 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
2285 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
2286 Examples: >
2287 :call filter(mylist, 'v:val !~ "OLD"')
2288< Removes the items where "OLD" appears. >
2289 :call filter(mydict, 'v:key >= 8')
2290< Removes the items with a key below 8. >
2291 :call filter(var, 0)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002292< Removes all the items, thus clears the List or Dictionary.
2293
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002294 Note that {string} is the result of expression and is then
2295 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
2296 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes.
2297
2298 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
2299 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00002300 :let l = filter(copy(mylist), '& =~ "KEEP"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002301
2302< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002303
2304
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00002305finddir({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *finddir()*
2306 Find directory {name} in {path}.
2307 If {path} is omitted or empty then 'path' is used.
2308 If the optional {count} is given, find {count}'s occurrence of
2309 {name} in {path}.
2310 This is quite similar to the ex-command |:find|.
2311 When the found directory is below the current directory a
2312 relative path is returned. Otherwise a full path is returned.
2313 Example: >
2314 :echo findfile("tags.vim", ".;")
2315< Searches from the current directory upwards until it finds
2316 the file "tags.vim".
2317 {only available when compiled with the +file_in_path feature}
2318
2319findfile({name}[, {path}[, {count}]]) *findfile()*
2320 Just like |finddir()|, but find a file instead of a directory.
2321
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002322filewritable({file}) *filewritable()*
2323 The result is a Number, which is 1 when a file with the
2324 name {file} exists, and can be written. If {file} doesn't
2325 exist, or is not writable, the result is 0. If (file) is a
2326 directory, and we can write to it, the result is 2.
2327
2328fnamemodify({fname}, {mods}) *fnamemodify()*
2329 Modify file name {fname} according to {mods}. {mods} is a
2330 string of characters like it is used for file names on the
2331 command line. See |filename-modifiers|.
2332 Example: >
2333 :echo fnamemodify("main.c", ":p:h")
2334< results in: >
2335 /home/mool/vim/vim/src
2336< Note: Environment variables and "~" don't work in {fname}, use
2337 |expand()| first then.
2338
2339foldclosed({lnum}) *foldclosed()*
2340 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2341 fold, the result is the number of the first line in that fold.
2342 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2343
2344foldclosedend({lnum}) *foldclosedend()*
2345 The result is a Number. If the line {lnum} is in a closed
2346 fold, the result is the number of the last line in that fold.
2347 If the line {lnum} is not in a closed fold, -1 is returned.
2348
2349foldlevel({lnum}) *foldlevel()*
2350 The result is a Number, which is the foldlevel of line {lnum}
2351 in the current buffer. For nested folds the deepest level is
2352 returned. If there is no fold at line {lnum}, zero is
2353 returned. It doesn't matter if the folds are open or closed.
2354 When used while updating folds (from 'foldexpr') -1 is
2355 returned for lines where folds are still to be updated and the
2356 foldlevel is unknown. As a special case the level of the
2357 previous line is usually available.
2358
2359 *foldtext()*
2360foldtext() Returns a String, to be displayed for a closed fold. This is
2361 the default function used for the 'foldtext' option and should
2362 only be called from evaluating 'foldtext'. It uses the
2363 |v:foldstart|, |v:foldend| and |v:folddashes| variables.
2364 The returned string looks like this: >
2365 +-- 45 lines: abcdef
2366< The number of dashes depends on the foldlevel. The "45" is
2367 the number of lines in the fold. "abcdef" is the text in the
2368 first non-blank line of the fold. Leading white space, "//"
2369 or "/*" and the text from the 'foldmarker' and 'commentstring'
2370 options is removed.
2371 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2372
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00002373foldtextresult({lnum}) *foldtextresult()*
2374 Returns the text that is displayed for the closed fold at line
2375 {lnum}. Evaluates 'foldtext' in the appropriate context.
2376 When there is no closed fold at {lnum} an empty string is
2377 returned.
2378 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. Thus "." is the current
2379 line, "'m" mark m, etc.
2380 Useful when exporting folded text, e.g., to HTML.
2381 {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature}
2382
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002383 *foreground()*
2384foreground() Move the Vim window to the foreground. Useful when sent from
2385 a client to a Vim server. |remote_send()|
2386 On Win32 systems this might not work, the OS does not always
2387 allow a window to bring itself to the foreground. Use
2388 |remote_foreground()| instead.
2389 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
2390 Win32 console version}
2391
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002392
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00002393function({name}) *function()* *E700*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002394 Return a Funcref variable that refers to function {name}.
2395 {name} can be a user defined function or an internal function.
2396
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002397
Bram Moolenaar39a58ca2005-06-27 22:42:44 +00002398garbagecollect() *garbagecollect()*
2399 Cleanup unused Lists and Dictionaries that have circular
2400 references. There is hardly ever a need to invoke this
2401 function, as it is automatically done when Vim runs out of
2402 memory or is waiting for the user to press a key after
2403 'updatetime'. Items without circular references are always
2404 freed when they become unused.
2405 This is useful if you have deleted a very big List and/or
2406 Dictionary with circular references in a script that runs for
2407 a long time.
2408
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002409get({list}, {idx} [, {default}]) *get()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002410 Get item {idx} from List {list}. When this item is not
2411 available return {default}. Return zero when {default} is
2412 omitted.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002413get({dict}, {key} [, {default}])
2414 Get item with key {key} from Dictionary {dict}. When this
2415 item is not available return {default}. Return zero when
2416 {default} is omitted.
2417
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002418 *getbufline()*
2419getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002420 Return a List with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
2421 (inclusive) in the buffer {expr}. If {end} is omitted, a List
2422 with only the line {lnum} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002423
2424 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2425
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002426 For {lnum} and {end} "$" can be used for the last line of the
2427 buffer. Otherwise a number must be used.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002428
2429 When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2430 lines in the buffer, an empty List is returned.
2431
2432 When {end} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
2433 it is treated as {end} is set to the number of lines in the
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002434 buffer. When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002435 returned.
2436
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00002437 This function works only for loaded buffers. For unloaded and
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002438 non-existing buffers, an empty List is returned.
2439
2440 Example: >
2441 :let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002442
2443getbufvar({expr}, {varname}) *getbufvar()*
2444 The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
2445 {varname} in buffer {expr}. Note that the name without "b:"
2446 must be used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002447 This also works for a global or buffer-local option, but it
2448 doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
2449 window-local option.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002450 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
2451 When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
2452 returned, there is no error message.
2453 Examples: >
2454 :let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
2455 :echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
2456<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002457getchar([expr]) *getchar()*
2458 Get a single character from the user. If it is an 8-bit
2459 character, the result is a number. Otherwise a String is
2460 returned with the encoded character. For a special key it's a
2461 sequence of bytes starting with 0x80 (decimal: 128).
2462 If [expr] is omitted, wait until a character is available.
2463 If [expr] is 0, only get a character when one is available.
2464 If [expr] is 1, only check if a character is available, it is
2465 not consumed. If a normal character is
2466 available, it is returned, otherwise a
2467 non-zero value is returned.
2468 If a normal character available, it is returned as a Number.
2469 Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
2470 The returned value is zero if no character is available.
2471 The returned value is a string of characters for special keys
2472 and when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used.
2473 There is no prompt, you will somehow have to make clear to the
2474 user that a character has to be typed.
2475 There is no mapping for the character.
2476 Key codes are replaced, thus when the user presses the <Del>
2477 key you get the code for the <Del> key, not the raw character
2478 sequence. Examples: >
2479 getchar() == "\<Del>"
2480 getchar() == "\<S-Left>"
2481< This example redefines "f" to ignore case: >
2482 :nmap f :call FindChar()<CR>
2483 :function FindChar()
2484 : let c = nr2char(getchar())
2485 : while col('.') < col('$') - 1
2486 : normal l
2487 : if getline('.')[col('.') - 1] ==? c
2488 : break
2489 : endif
2490 : endwhile
2491 :endfunction
2492
2493getcharmod() *getcharmod()*
2494 The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
2495 the last obtained character with getchar() or in another way.
2496 These values are added together:
2497 2 shift
2498 4 control
2499 8 alt (meta)
2500 16 mouse double click
2501 32 mouse triple click
2502 64 mouse quadruple click
2503 128 Macintosh only: command
2504 Only the modifiers that have not been included in the
2505 character itself are obtained. Thus Shift-a results in "A"
2506 with no modifier.
2507
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002508getcmdline() *getcmdline()*
2509 Return the current command-line. Only works when the command
2510 line is being edited, thus requires use of |c_CTRL-\_e| or
2511 |c_CTRL-R_=|.
2512 Example: >
2513 :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR>
2514< Also see |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|.
2515
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002516getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002517 Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a
2518 byte count. The first column is 1.
2519 Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
2520 |c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=|. Returns 0 otherwise.
2521 Also see |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
2522
2523 *getcwd()*
2524getcwd() The result is a String, which is the name of the current
2525 working directory.
2526
2527getfsize({fname}) *getfsize()*
2528 The result is a Number, which is the size in bytes of the
2529 given file {fname}.
2530 If {fname} is a directory, 0 is returned.
2531 If the file {fname} can't be found, -1 is returned.
2532
Bram Moolenaard8b0cf12004-12-12 11:33:30 +00002533getfontname([{name}]) *getfontname()*
2534 Without an argument returns the name of the normal font being
2535 used. Like what is used for the Normal highlight group
2536 |hl-Normal|.
2537 With an argument a check is done whether {name} is a valid
2538 font name. If not then an empty string is returned.
2539 Otherwise the actual font name is returned, or {name} if the
2540 GUI does not support obtaining the real name.
2541 Only works when the GUI is running, thus not you your vimrc or
2542 Note that the GTK 2 GUI accepts any font name, thus checking
2543 for a valid name does not work.
2544 gvimrc file. Use the |GUIEnter| autocommand to use this
2545 function just after the GUI has started.
2546
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002547getfperm({fname}) *getfperm()*
2548 The result is a String, which is the read, write, and execute
2549 permissions of the given file {fname}.
2550 If {fname} does not exist or its directory cannot be read, an
2551 empty string is returned.
2552 The result is of the form "rwxrwxrwx", where each group of
2553 "rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
2554 of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
2555 If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
2556 is replaced with the string "-". Example: >
2557 :echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
2558< This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
2559 the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00002560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561getftime({fname}) *getftime()*
2562 The result is a Number, which is the last modification time of
2563 the given file {fname}. The value is measured as seconds
2564 since 1st Jan 1970, and may be passed to strftime(). See also
2565 |localtime()| and |strftime()|.
2566 If the file {fname} can't be found -1 is returned.
2567
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00002568getftype({fname}) *getftype()*
2569 The result is a String, which is a description of the kind of
2570 file of the given file {fname}.
2571 If {fname} does not exist an empty string is returned.
2572 Here is a table over different kinds of files and their
2573 results:
2574 Normal file "file"
2575 Directory "dir"
2576 Symbolic link "link"
2577 Block device "bdev"
2578 Character device "cdev"
2579 Socket "socket"
2580 FIFO "fifo"
2581 All other "other"
2582 Example: >
2583 getftype("/home")
2584< Note that a type such as "link" will only be returned on
2585 systems that support it. On some systems only "dir" and
2586 "file" are returned.
2587
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002588 *getline()*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002589getline({lnum} [, {end}])
2590 Without {end} the result is a String, which is line {lnum}
2591 from the current buffer. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002592 getline(1)
2593< When {lnum} is a String that doesn't start with a
2594 digit, line() is called to translate the String into a Number.
2595 To get the line under the cursor: >
2596 getline(".")
2597< When {lnum} is smaller than 1 or bigger than the number of
2598 lines in the buffer, an empty string is returned.
2599
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002600 When {end} is given the result is a List where each item is a
2601 line from the current buffer in the range {lnum} to {end},
2602 including line {end}.
2603 {end} is used in the same way as {lnum}.
2604 Non-existing lines are silently omitted.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00002605 When {end} is before {lnum} an empty List is returned.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002606 Example: >
2607 :let start = line('.')
2608 :let end = search("^$") - 1
2609 :let lines = getline(start, end)
2610
2611
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002612getqflist() *getqflist()*
2613 Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors. Each
2614 list item is a dictionary with these entries:
2615 bufnr number of buffer that has the file name, use
2616 bufname() to get the name
2617 lnum line number in the buffer (first line is 1)
2618 col column number (first column is 1)
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00002619 vcol non-zero: "col" is visual column
2620 zero: "col" is byte index
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00002621 nr error number
2622 text description of the error
2623 type type of the error, 'E', '1', etc.
2624 valid non-zero: recognized error message
2625
2626 Useful application: Find pattern matches in multiple files and
2627 do something with them: >
2628 :vimgrep /theword/jg *.c
2629 :for d in getqflist()
2630 : echo bufname(d.bufnr) ':' d.lnum '=' d.text
2631 :endfor
2632
2633
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002634getreg([{regname} [, 1]]) *getreg()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002635 The result is a String, which is the contents of register
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002636 {regname}. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002637 :let cliptext = getreg('*')
2638< getreg('=') returns the last evaluated value of the expression
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002639 register. (For use in maps.)
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00002640 getreg('=', 1) returns the expression itself, so that it can
2641 be restored with |setreg()|. For other registers the extra
2642 argument is ignored, thus you can always give it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002643 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2644
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002645
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646getregtype([{regname}]) *getregtype()*
2647 The result is a String, which is type of register {regname}.
2648 The value will be one of:
2649 "v" for |characterwise| text
2650 "V" for |linewise| text
2651 "<CTRL-V>{width}" for |blockwise-visual| text
2652 0 for an empty or unknown register
2653 <CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
2654 If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
2655
2656 *getwinposx()*
2657getwinposx() The result is a Number, which is the X coordinate in pixels of
2658 the left hand side of the GUI Vim window. The result will be
2659 -1 if the information is not available.
2660
2661 *getwinposy()*
2662getwinposy() The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
2663 the top of the GUI Vim window. The result will be -1 if the
2664 information is not available.
2665
2666getwinvar({nr}, {varname}) *getwinvar()*
2667 The result is the value of option or local window variable
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00002668 {varname} in window {nr}. When {nr} is zero the current
2669 window is used.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00002670 This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
2671 window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
2672 or buffer-local variable.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002673 Note that the name without "w:" must be used.
2674 Examples: >
2675 :let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
2676 :echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
2677<
2678 *glob()*
2679glob({expr}) Expand the file wildcards in {expr}. The result is a String.
2680 When there are several matches, they are separated by <NL>
2681 characters.
2682 If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.
2683 A name for a non-existing file is not included.
2684
2685 For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
2686 any external command. Example: >
2687 :let tagfiles = glob("`find . -name tags -print`")
2688 :let &tags = substitute(tagfiles, "\n", ",", "g")
2689< The result of the program inside the backticks should be one
2690 item per line. Spaces inside an item are allowed.
2691
2692 See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables. See
2693 |system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
2694
2695globpath({path}, {expr}) *globpath()*
2696 Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
2697 the results. Example: >
2698 :echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
2699< {path} is a comma-separated list of directory names. Each
2700 directory name is prepended to {expr} and expanded like with
2701 glob(). A path separator is inserted when needed.
2702 To add a comma inside a directory name escape it with a
2703 backslash. Note that on MS-Windows a directory may have a
2704 trailing backslash, remove it if you put a comma after it.
2705 If the expansion fails for one of the directories, there is no
2706 error message.
2707 The 'wildignore' option applies: Names matching one of the
2708 patterns in 'wildignore' will be skipped.
2709
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00002710 The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
2711 For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
2712 in 'runtimepath' and below: >
2713 :echo globpath(&rtp, "**/README.txt")
2714<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002715 *has()*
2716has({feature}) The result is a Number, which is 1 if the feature {feature} is
2717 supported, zero otherwise. The {feature} argument is a
2718 string. See |feature-list| below.
2719 Also see |exists()|.
2720
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00002721
2722has_key({dict}, {key}) *has_key()*
2723 The result is a Number, which is 1 if Dictionary {dict} has an
2724 entry with key {key}. Zero otherwise.
2725
2726
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002727hasmapto({what} [, {mode}]) *hasmapto()*
2728 The result is a Number, which is 1 if there is a mapping that
2729 contains {what} in somewhere in the rhs (what it is mapped to)
2730 and this mapping exists in one of the modes indicated by
2731 {mode}.
2732 Both the global mappings and the mappings local to the current
2733 buffer are checked for a match.
2734 If no matching mapping is found 0 is returned.
2735 The following characters are recognized in {mode}:
2736 n Normal mode
2737 v Visual mode
2738 o Operator-pending mode
2739 i Insert mode
2740 l Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
2741 c Command-line mode
2742 When {mode} is omitted, "nvo" is used.
2743
2744 This function is useful to check if a mapping already exists
2745 to a function in a Vim script. Example: >
2746 :if !hasmapto('\ABCdoit')
2747 : map <Leader>d \ABCdoit
2748 :endif
2749< This installs the mapping to "\ABCdoit" only if there isn't
2750 already a mapping to "\ABCdoit".
2751
2752histadd({history}, {item}) *histadd()*
2753 Add the String {item} to the history {history} which can be
2754 one of: *hist-names*
2755 "cmd" or ":" command line history
2756 "search" or "/" search pattern history
2757 "expr" or "=" typed expression history
2758 "input" or "@" input line history
2759 If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
2760 shifted to become the newest entry.
2761 The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
2762 otherwise 0 is returned.
2763
2764 Example: >
2765 :call histadd("input", strftime("%Y %b %d"))
2766 :let date=input("Enter date: ")
2767< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
2768
2769histdel({history} [, {item}]) *histdel()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002770 Clear {history}, i.e. delete all its entries. See |hist-names|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002771 for the possible values of {history}.
2772
2773 If the parameter {item} is given as String, this is seen
2774 as regular expression. All entries matching that expression
2775 will be removed from the history (if there are any).
2776 Upper/lowercase must match, unless "\c" is used |/\c|.
2777 If {item} is a Number, it will be interpreted as index, see
2778 |:history-indexing|. The respective entry will be removed
2779 if it exists.
2780
2781 The result is a Number: 1 for a successful operation,
2782 otherwise 0 is returned.
2783
2784 Examples:
2785 Clear expression register history: >
2786 :call histdel("expr")
2787<
2788 Remove all entries starting with "*" from the search history: >
2789 :call histdel("/", '^\*')
2790<
2791 The following three are equivalent: >
2792 :call histdel("search", histnr("search"))
2793 :call histdel("search", -1)
2794 :call histdel("search", '^'.histget("search", -1).'$')
2795<
2796 To delete the last search pattern and use the last-but-one for
2797 the "n" command and 'hlsearch': >
2798 :call histdel("search", -1)
2799 :let @/ = histget("search", -1)
2800
2801histget({history} [, {index}]) *histget()*
2802 The result is a String, the entry with Number {index} from
2803 {history}. See |hist-names| for the possible values of
2804 {history}, and |:history-indexing| for {index}. If there is
2805 no such entry, an empty String is returned. When {index} is
2806 omitted, the most recent item from the history is used.
2807
2808 Examples:
2809 Redo the second last search from history. >
2810 :execute '/' . histget("search", -2)
2811
2812< Define an Ex command ":H {num}" that supports re-execution of
2813 the {num}th entry from the output of |:history|. >
2814 :command -nargs=1 H execute histget("cmd", 0+<args>)
2815<
2816histnr({history}) *histnr()*
2817 The result is the Number of the current entry in {history}.
2818 See |hist-names| for the possible values of {history}.
2819 If an error occurred, -1 is returned.
2820
2821 Example: >
2822 :let inp_index = histnr("expr")
2823<
2824hlexists({name}) *hlexists()*
2825 The result is a Number, which is non-zero if a highlight group
2826 called {name} exists. This is when the group has been
2827 defined in some way. Not necessarily when highlighting has
2828 been defined for it, it may also have been used for a syntax
2829 item.
2830 *highlight_exists()*
2831 Obsolete name: highlight_exists().
2832
2833 *hlID()*
2834hlID({name}) The result is a Number, which is the ID of the highlight group
2835 with name {name}. When the highlight group doesn't exist,
2836 zero is returned.
2837 This can be used to retrieve information about the highlight
2838 group. For example, to get the background color of the
2839 "Comment" group: >
2840 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(hlID("Comment")), "bg")
2841< *highlightID()*
2842 Obsolete name: highlightID().
2843
2844hostname() *hostname()*
2845 The result is a String, which is the name of the machine on
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002846 which Vim is currently running. Machine names greater than
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002847 256 characters long are truncated.
2848
2849iconv({expr}, {from}, {to}) *iconv()*
2850 The result is a String, which is the text {expr} converted
2851 from encoding {from} to encoding {to}.
2852 When the conversion fails an empty string is returned.
2853 The encoding names are whatever the iconv() library function
2854 can accept, see ":!man 3 iconv".
2855 Most conversions require Vim to be compiled with the |+iconv|
2856 feature. Otherwise only UTF-8 to latin1 conversion and back
2857 can be done.
2858 This can be used to display messages with special characters,
2859 no matter what 'encoding' is set to. Write the message in
2860 UTF-8 and use: >
2861 echo iconv(utf8_str, "utf-8", &enc)
2862< Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion
2863 from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You
2864 cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes.
2865 {only available when compiled with the +multi_byte feature}
2866
2867 *indent()*
2868indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the
2869 current buffer. The indent is counted in spaces, the value
2870 of 'tabstop' is relevant. {lnum} is used just like in
2871 |getline()|.
2872 When {lnum} is invalid -1 is returned.
2873
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002874
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002875index({list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]]) *index()*
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002876 Return the lowest index in List {list} where the item has a
2877 value equal to {expr}.
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00002878 If {start} is given then start looking at the item with index
2879 {start} (may be negative for an item relative to the end).
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002880 When {ic} is given and it is non-zero, ignore case. Otherwise
2881 case must match.
2882 -1 is returned when {expr} is not found in {list}.
2883 Example: >
2884 :let idx = index(words, "the")
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00002885 :if index(numbers, 123) >= 0
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00002886
2887
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002888input({prompt} [, {text}]) *input()*
2889 The result is a String, which is whatever the user typed on
2890 the command-line. The parameter is either a prompt string, or
2891 a blank string (for no prompt). A '\n' can be used in the
2892 prompt to start a new line. The highlighting set with
2893 |:echohl| is used for the prompt. The input is entered just
2894 like a command-line, with the same editing commands and
2895 mappings. There is a separate history for lines typed for
2896 input().
2897 If the optional {text} is present, this is used for the
2898 default reply, as if the user typed this.
2899 NOTE: This must not be used in a startup file, for the
2900 versions that only run in GUI mode (e.g., the Win32 GUI).
2901 Note: When input() is called from within a mapping it will
2902 consume remaining characters from that mapping, because a
2903 mapping is handled like the characters were typed.
2904 Use |inputsave()| before input() and |inputrestore()|
2905 after input() to avoid that. Another solution is to avoid
2906 that further characters follow in the mapping, e.g., by using
2907 |:execute| or |:normal|.
2908
2909 Example: >
2910 :if input("Coffee or beer? ") == "beer"
2911 : echo "Cheers!"
2912 :endif
2913< Example with default text: >
2914 :let color = input("Color? ", "white")
2915< Example with a mapping: >
2916 :nmap \x :call GetFoo()<CR>:exe "/" . Foo<CR>
2917 :function GetFoo()
2918 : call inputsave()
2919 : let g:Foo = input("enter search pattern: ")
2920 : call inputrestore()
2921 :endfunction
2922
2923inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]]) *inputdialog()*
2924 Like input(), but when the GUI is running and text dialogs are
2925 supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
2926 Example: >
2927 :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
2928 :if n != ""
2929 : let &sw = n
2930 :endif
2931< When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned. When
2932 omitted an empty string is returned.
2933 Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button. Hitting
2934 <Esc> works like pressing the Cancel button.
2935
2936inputrestore() *inputrestore()*
2937 Restore typeahead that was saved with a previous inputsave().
2938 Should be called the same number of times inputsave() is
2939 called. Calling it more often is harmless though.
2940 Returns 1 when there is nothing to restore, 0 otherwise.
2941
2942inputsave() *inputsave()*
2943 Preserve typeahead (also from mappings) and clear it, so that
2944 a following prompt gets input from the user. Should be
2945 followed by a matching inputrestore() after the prompt. Can
2946 be used several times, in which case there must be just as
2947 many inputrestore() calls.
2948 Returns 1 when out of memory, 0 otherwise.
2949
2950inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}]) *inputsecret()*
2951 This function acts much like the |input()| function with but
2952 two exceptions:
2953 a) the user's response will be displayed as a sequence of
2954 asterisks ("*") thereby keeping the entry secret, and
2955 b) the user's response will not be recorded on the input
2956 |history| stack.
2957 The result is a String, which is whatever the user actually
2958 typed on the command-line in response to the issued prompt.
2959
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002960insert({list}, {item} [, {idx}]) *insert()*
2961 Insert {item} at the start of List {list}.
2962 If {idx} is specified insert {item} before the item with index
2963 {idx}. If {idx} is zero it goes before the first item, just
2964 like omitting {idx}. A negative {idx} is also possible, see
2965 |list-index|. -1 inserts just before the last item.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00002966 Returns the resulting List. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002967 :let mylist = insert([2, 3, 5], 1)
2968 :call insert(mylist, 4, -1)
2969 :call insert(mylist, 6, len(mylist))
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00002970< The last example can be done simpler with |add()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00002971 Note that when {item} is a List it is inserted as a single
2972 item. Use |extend()| to concatenate Lists.
2973
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002974isdirectory({directory}) *isdirectory()*
2975 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when a directory
2976 with the name {directory} exists. If {directory} doesn't
2977 exist, or isn't a directory, the result is FALSE. {directory}
2978 is any expression, which is used as a String.
2979
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00002980islocked({expr}) *islocked()*
2981 The result is a Number, which is non-zero when {expr} is the
2982 name of a locked variable.
2983 {expr} must be the name of a variable, List item or Dictionary
2984 entry, not the variable itself! Example: >
2985 :let alist = [0, ['a', 'b'], 2, 3]
2986 :lockvar 1 alist
2987 :echo islocked('alist') " 1
2988 :echo islocked('alist[1]') " 0
2989
2990< When {expr} is a variable that does not exist you get an error
2991 message. Use |exists()| to check for existance.
2992
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00002993items({dict}) *items()*
2994 Return a List with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each
2995 List item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} entry
2996 and the value of this entry. The List is in arbitrary order.
2997
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00002998
2999join({list} [, {sep}]) *join()*
3000 Join the items in {list} together into one String.
3001 When {sep} is specified it is put in between the items. If
3002 {sep} is omitted a single space is used.
3003 Note that {sep} is not added at the end. You might want to
3004 add it there too: >
3005 let lines = join(mylist, "\n") . "\n"
3006< String items are used as-is. Lists and Dictionaries are
3007 converted into a string like with |string()|.
3008 The opposite function is |split()|.
3009
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003010keys({dict}) *keys()*
3011 Return a List with all the keys of {dict}. The List is in
3012 arbitrary order.
3013
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003014 *len()* *E701*
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003015len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument.
3016 When {expr} is a String or a Number the length in bytes is
3017 used, as with |strlen()|.
3018 When {expr} is a List the number of items in the List is
3019 returned.
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003020 When {expr} is a Dictionary the number of entries in the
3021 Dictionary is returned.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003022 Otherwise an error is given.
3023
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003024 *libcall()* *E364* *E368*
3025libcall({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3026 Call function {funcname} in the run-time library {libname}
3027 with single argument {argument}.
3028 This is useful to call functions in a library that you
3029 especially made to be used with Vim. Since only one argument
3030 is possible, calling standard library functions is rather
3031 limited.
3032 The result is the String returned by the function. If the
3033 function returns NULL, this will appear as an empty string ""
3034 to Vim.
3035 If the function returns a number, use libcallnr()!
3036 If {argument} is a number, it is passed to the function as an
3037 int; if {argument} is a string, it is passed as a
3038 null-terminated string.
3039 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
3040
3041 libcall() allows you to write your own 'plug-in' extensions to
3042 Vim without having to recompile the program. It is NOT a
3043 means to call system functions! If you try to do so Vim will
3044 very probably crash.
3045
3046 For Win32, the functions you write must be placed in a DLL
3047 and use the normal C calling convention (NOT Pascal which is
3048 used in Windows System DLLs). The function must take exactly
3049 one parameter, either a character pointer or a long integer,
3050 and must return a character pointer or NULL. The character
3051 pointer returned must point to memory that will remain valid
3052 after the function has returned (e.g. in static data in the
3053 DLL). If it points to allocated memory, that memory will
3054 leak away. Using a static buffer in the function should work,
3055 it's then freed when the DLL is unloaded.
3056
3057 WARNING: If the function returns a non-valid pointer, Vim may
3058 crash! This also happens if the function returns a number,
3059 because Vim thinks it's a pointer.
3060 For Win32 systems, {libname} should be the filename of the DLL
3061 without the ".DLL" suffix. A full path is only required if
3062 the DLL is not in the usual places.
3063 For Unix: When compiling your own plugins, remember that the
3064 object code must be compiled as position-independent ('PIC').
3065 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3066 feature is present}
3067 Examples: >
3068 :echo libcall("libc.so", "getenv", "HOME")
3069 :echo libcallnr("/usr/lib/libc.so", "getpid", "")
3070<
3071 *libcallnr()*
3072libcallnr({libname}, {funcname}, {argument})
3073 Just like libcall(), but used for a function that returns an
3074 int instead of a string.
3075 {only in Win32 on some Unix versions, when the |+libcall|
3076 feature is present}
3077 Example (not very useful...): >
3078 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "printf", "Hello World!\n")
3079 :call libcallnr("libc.so", "sleep", 10)
3080<
3081 *line()*
3082line({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the line number of the file
3083 position given with {expr}. The accepted positions are:
3084 . the cursor position
3085 $ the last line in the current buffer
3086 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
3087 returned)
3088 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
3089 Examples: >
3090 line(".") line number of the cursor
3091 line("'t") line number of mark t
3092 line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker
3093< *last-position-jump*
3094 This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file
3095 just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: >
3096 :au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | exe "normal g'\"" | endif
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00003097
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003098line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()*
3099 Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line
3100 {lnum}. This includes the end-of-line character, depending on
3101 the 'fileformat' option for the current buffer. The first
3102 line returns 1.
3103 This can also be used to get the byte count for the line just
3104 below the last line: >
3105 line2byte(line("$") + 1)
3106< This is the file size plus one.
3107 When {lnum} is invalid, or the |+byte_offset| feature has been
3108 disabled at compile time, -1 is returned.
3109 Also see |byte2line()|, |go| and |:goto|.
3110
3111lispindent({lnum}) *lispindent()*
3112 Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the lisp
3113 indenting rules, as with 'lisp'.
3114 The indent is counted in spaces, the value of 'tabstop' is
3115 relevant. {lnum} is used just like in |getline()|.
3116 When {lnum} is invalid or Vim was not compiled the
3117 |+lispindent| feature, -1 is returned.
3118
3119localtime() *localtime()*
3120 Return the current time, measured as seconds since 1st Jan
3121 1970. See also |strftime()| and |getftime()|.
3122
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003123
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003124map({expr}, {string}) *map()*
3125 {expr} must be a List or a Dictionary.
3126 Replace each item in {expr} with the result of evaluating
3127 {string}.
3128 Inside {string} |v:val| has the value of the current item.
3129 For a Dictionary |v:key| has the key of the current item.
3130 Example: >
3131 :call map(mylist, '"> " . v:val . " <"')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003132< This puts "> " before and " <" after each item in "mylist".
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003133
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003134 Note that {string} is the result of an expression and is then
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003135 used as an expression again. Often it is good to use a
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003136 |literal-string| to avoid having to double backslashes. You
3137 still have to double ' quotes
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003138
3139 The operation is done in-place. If you want a List or
3140 Dictionary to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003141 :let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00003142
3143< Returns {expr}, the List or Dictionary that was filtered.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003144
3145
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003146maparg({name}[, {mode}]) *maparg()*
3147 Return the rhs of mapping {name} in mode {mode}. When there
3148 is no mapping for {name}, an empty String is returned.
3149 These characters can be used for {mode}:
3150 "n" Normal
3151 "v" Visual
3152 "o" Operator-pending
3153 "i" Insert
3154 "c" Cmd-line
3155 "l" langmap |language-mapping|
3156 "" Normal, Visual and Operator-pending
3157 When {mode} is omitted, the modes from "" are used.
3158 The {name} can have special key names, like in the ":map"
3159 command. The returned String has special characters
3160 translated like in the output of the ":map" command listing.
3161 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3162 then the global mappings.
3163
3164mapcheck({name}[, {mode}]) *mapcheck()*
3165 Check if there is a mapping that matches with {name} in mode
3166 {mode}. See |maparg()| for {mode} and special names in
3167 {name}.
3168 A match happens with a mapping that starts with {name} and
3169 with a mapping which is equal to the start of {name}.
3170
3171 matches mapping "a" "ab" "abc" ~
3172 mapcheck("a") yes yes yes
3173 mapcheck("abc") yes yes yes
3174 mapcheck("ax") yes no no
3175 mapcheck("b") no no no
3176
3177 The difference with maparg() is that mapcheck() finds a
3178 mapping that matches with {name}, while maparg() only finds a
3179 mapping for {name} exactly.
3180 When there is no mapping that starts with {name}, an empty
3181 String is returned. If there is one, the rhs of that mapping
3182 is returned. If there are several mappings that start with
3183 {name}, the rhs of one of them is returned.
3184 The mappings local to the current buffer are checked first,
3185 then the global mappings.
3186 This function can be used to check if a mapping can be added
3187 without being ambiguous. Example: >
3188 :if mapcheck("_vv") == ""
3189 : map _vv :set guifont=7x13<CR>
3190 :endif
3191< This avoids adding the "_vv" mapping when there already is a
3192 mapping for "_v" or for "_vvv".
3193
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003194match({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *match()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003195 When {expr} is a List then this returns the index of the first
3196 item where {pat} matches. Each item is used as a String,
3197 Lists and Dictionaries are used as echoed.
3198 Otherwise, {expr} is used as a String. The result is a
3199 Number, which gives the index (byte offset) in {expr} where
3200 {pat} matches.
3201 A match at the first character or List item returns zero.
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003202 If there is no match -1 is returned.
3203 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003204 :echo match("testing", "ing") " results in 4
3205 :echo match([1, 'x'], '\a') " results in 2
3206< See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003207 *strpbrk()*
3208 Vim doesn't have a strpbrk() function. But you can do: >
3209 :let sepidx = match(line, '[.,;: \t]')
3210< *strcasestr()*
3211 Vim doesn't have a strcasestr() function. But you can add
3212 "\c" to the pattern to ignore case: >
3213 :let idx = match(haystack, '\cneedle')
3214<
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003215 When {count} is given use the {count}'th match. When a match
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003216 is found in a String the search for the next one starts on
3217 character further. Thus this example results in 1: >
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003218 echo match("testing", "..", 0, 2)
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003219< In a List the search continues in the next item.
3220
3221 If {start} is given, the search starts from byte index
3222 {start} in a String or item {start} in a List.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003223 The result, however, is still the index counted from the
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003224 first character/item. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225 :echo match("testing", "ing", 2)
3226< result is again "4". >
3227 :echo match("testing", "ing", 4)
3228< result is again "4". >
3229 :echo match("testing", "t", 2)
3230< result is "3".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003231 For a String, if {start} < 0, it will be set to 0. For a list
3232 the index is counted from the end.
3233 If {start} is out of range (> strlen({expr} for a String or
3234 > len({expr} for a List) -1 is returned.
3235
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236 See |pattern| for the patterns that are accepted.
3237 The 'ignorecase' option is used to set the ignore-caseness of
3238 the pattern. 'smartcase' is NOT used. The matching is always
3239 done like 'magic' is set and 'cpoptions' is empty.
3240
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003241matchend({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchend()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003242 Same as match(), but return the index of first character after
3243 the match. Example: >
3244 :echo matchend("testing", "ing")
3245< results in "7".
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003246 *strspn()* *strcspn()*
3247 Vim doesn't have a strspn() or strcspn() function, but you can
3248 do it with matchend(): >
3249 :let span = matchend(line, '[a-zA-Z]')
3250 :let span = matchend(line, '[^a-zA-Z]')
3251< Except that -1 is returned when there are no matches.
3252
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3254 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 2)
3255< results in "7". >
3256 :echo matchend("testing", "ing", 5)
3257< result is "-1".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003258 When {expr} is a List the result is equal to match().
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003259
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003260matchlist({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchlist()*
3261 Same as match(), but return a List. The first item in the
3262 list is the matched string, same as what matchstr() would
3263 return. Following items are submatches, like "\1", "\2", etc.
3264 in |:substitute|.
3265 When there is no match an empty list is returned.
3266
Bram Moolenaar89cb5e02004-07-19 20:55:54 +00003267matchstr({expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]]) *matchstr()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003268 Same as match(), but return the matched string. Example: >
3269 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing")
3270< results in "ing".
3271 When there is no match "" is returned.
3272 The {start}, if given, has the same meaning as for match(). >
3273 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 2)
3274< results in "ing". >
3275 :echo matchstr("testing", "ing", 5)
3276< result is "".
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003277 When {expr} is a List then the matching item is returned.
3278 The type isn't changed, it's not necessarily a String.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003279
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003280 *max()*
3281max({list}) Return the maximum value of all items in {list}.
3282 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3283 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3284 An empty List results in zero.
3285
3286 *min()*
3287min({list}) Return the minumum value of all items in {list}.
3288 If {list} is not a list or one of the items in {list} cannot
3289 be used as a Number this results in an error.
3290 An empty List results in zero.
3291
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003292 *mkdir()* *E749*
3293mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
3294 Create directory {name}.
3295 If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as
3296 necessary. Otherwise it must be "".
3297 If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of
3298 the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for
3299 the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable
3300 for others.
3301 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3302 Not available on all systems. To check use: >
3303 :if exists("*mkdir")
3304<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003305 *mode()*
3306mode() Return a string that indicates the current mode:
3307 n Normal
3308 v Visual by character
3309 V Visual by line
3310 CTRL-V Visual blockwise
3311 s Select by character
3312 S Select by line
3313 CTRL-S Select blockwise
3314 i Insert
3315 R Replace
3316 c Command-line
3317 r Hit-enter prompt
3318 This is useful in the 'statusline' option. In most other
3319 places it always returns "c" or "n".
3320
3321nextnonblank({lnum}) *nextnonblank()*
3322 Return the line number of the first line at or below {lnum}
3323 that is not blank. Example: >
3324 if getline(nextnonblank(1)) =~ "Java"
3325< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3326 below it, zero is returned.
3327 See also |prevnonblank()|.
3328
3329nr2char({expr}) *nr2char()*
3330 Return a string with a single character, which has the number
3331 value {expr}. Examples: >
3332 nr2char(64) returns "@"
3333 nr2char(32) returns " "
3334< The current 'encoding' is used. Example for "utf-8": >
3335 nr2char(300) returns I with bow character
3336< Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
3337 nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
3338 characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003339 string, thus results in an empty string.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340
Bram Moolenaar4be06f92005-07-29 22:36:03 +00003341printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...) *printf()*
3342 Return a String with {fmt}, where "%" items are replaced by
3343 the formatted form of their respective arguments. Example: >
3344 :echo printf("%4d: E%d %.30s", lnum, err, text)
3345< May result in:
3346 99: E42 asdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfasdfas ~
3347
3348 Often used items are:
3349 %s string
3350 %6s string right-aligned in 6 characters
3351 %c character
3352 %d decimal number
3353 %5d decimal number padded with spaces to 5 characters
3354 %x hex number
3355 %04x hex number padded with zeros to at least 4 characters
3356 %X hex number using upper case letters
3357 %o octal number
3358 %% the % character
3359
3360 Conversion specifications start with '%' and end with the
3361 conversion type. All other characters are copied unchanged to
3362 the result.
3363
3364 The "%" starts a conversion specification. The following
3365 arguments appear in sequence. Overview:
3366
3367 % flags min-field-width .precision type
3368
3369 - Zero or more of the following flags:
3370
3371 # The value should be converted to an "alternate
3372 form". For c, d, and s conversions, this option
3373 has no effect. For o conversions, the precision
3374 of the number is increased to force the first
3375 character of the output string to a zero (except
3376 if a zero value is printed with an explicit
3377 precision of zero).
3378 For x and X conversions, a non-zero result has
3379 the string "0x" (or "0X" for X conversions)
3380 prepended to it.
3381
3382 0 (zero) Zero padding. For all conversions the converted
3383 value is padded on the left with zeros rather
3384 than blanks. If a precision is given with a
3385 numeric conversion (d, o, x, and X), the 0 flag
3386 is ignored.
3387
3388 - A negative field width flag; the converted value
3389 is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
3390 The converted value is padded on the right with
3391 blanks, rather than on the left with blanks or
3392 zeros. A - overrides a 0 if both are given.
3393
3394 ' ' (space) A blank should be left before a positive
3395 number produced by a signed conversion (d).
3396
3397 + A sign must always be placed before a number
3398 produced by a signed conversion. A + overrides
3399 a space if both are used.
3400
3401 - An optional decimal digit string specifying a minimum
3402 field width. If the converted value has fewer characters
3403 than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on the
3404 left (or right, if the left-adjustment flag has been
3405 given) to fill out the field width.
3406
3407 - An optional precision, in the form of a period '.'
3408 followed by an optional digit string. If the digit string
3409 is omitted, the precision is taken as zero. This gives
3410 the minimum number of digits to appear for d, o, x, and X
3411 conversions, or the maximum number of characters to be
3412 printed from a string for s conversions.
3413
3414 - A character that specifies the type of conversion to be
3415 applied, see below.
3416
3417 A field width or precision, or both, may be indicated by an
3418 asterisk '*' instead of a digit string. In this case, a
3419 Number argument supplies the field width or precision. A
3420 negative field width is treated as a left adjustment flag
3421 followed by a positive field width; a negative precision is
3422 treated as though it were missing. Example: >
3423 :echo printf("%d: %.*s", nr, columns, line)
3424< This limits the length of the text used from "line" to
3425 "columns" bytes.
3426
3427 The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
3428
3429 doxX The Number argument is converted to signed decimal
3430 (d), unsigned octal (o), or unsigned hexadecimal (x
3431 and X) notation. The letters "abcdef" are used for
3432 x conversions; the letters "ABCDEF" are used for X
3433 conversions. The precision, if any, gives the minimum
3434 number of digits that must appear; if the converted
3435 value requires fewer digits, it is padded on the left
3436 with zeros.
3437
3438 c The Number argument is converted to a byte, and
3439 the resulting character is written.
3440
3441 s The String argument is used. If a precision is
3442 specified, no more bytes than the number specified are
3443 written.
3444
3445 % A '%' is written. No argument is converted. The
3446 complete conversion specification is "%%".
3447
3448 Each argument can be Number or String and is converted
3449 automatically to fit the conversion specifier.
3450
3451 In no case does a non-existent or small field width cause
3452 truncation of a numeric field; if the result of a conversion
3453 is wider than the field width, the field is expanded to
3454 contain the conversion result.
3455
3456 *E766* *767*
3457 The number of {exprN} arguments must exactly match the number
3458 of "%" items. If there are not sufficient or too many
3459 arguments an error is given.
3460
3461
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003462prevnonblank({lnum}) *prevnonblank()*
3463 Return the line number of the first line at or above {lnum}
3464 that is not blank. Example: >
3465 let ind = indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
3466< When {lnum} is invalid or there is no non-blank line at or
3467 above it, zero is returned.
3468 Also see |nextnonblank()|.
3469
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00003470 *E726* *E727*
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003471range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) *range()*
3472 Returns a List with Numbers:
3473 - If only {expr} is specified: [0, 1, ..., {expr} - 1]
3474 - If {max} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + 1, ..., {max}]
3475 - If {stride} is specified: [{expr}, {expr} + {stride}, ...,
3476 {max}] (increasing {expr} with {stride} each time, not
3477 producing a value past {max}).
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003478 When the maximum is one before the start the result is an
3479 empty list. When the maximum is more than one before the
3480 start this is an error.
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003481 Examples: >
3482 range(4) " [0, 1, 2, 3]
3483 range(2, 4) " [2, 3, 4]
3484 range(2, 9, 3) " [2, 5, 8]
3485 range(2, -2, -1) " [2, 1, 0, -1, -2]
Bram Moolenaare7566042005-06-17 22:00:15 +00003486 range(0) " []
3487 range(2, 0) " error!
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003488<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003489 *readfile()*
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003490readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003491 Read file {fname} and return a List, each line of the file as
3492 an item. Lines broken at NL characters. Macintosh files
3493 separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
3494 NL appears somewhere).
3495 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
3496 - When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
3497 added.
3498 - No CR characters are removed.
3499 Otherwise:
3500 - CR characters that appear before a NL are removed.
3501 - Whether the last line ends in a NL or not does not matter.
3502 All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003503 When {max} is given this specifies the maximum number of lines
3504 to be read. Useful if you only want to check the first ten
3505 lines of a file: >
3506 :for line in readfile(fname, '', 10)
3507 : if line =~ 'Date' | echo line | endif
3508 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003509< When {max} is negative -{max} lines from the end of the file
3510 are returned, or as many as there are.
3511 When {max} is zero the result is an empty list.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00003512 Note that without {max} the whole file is read into memory.
3513 Also note that there is no recognition of encoding. Read a
3514 file into a buffer if you need to.
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00003515 When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
3516 the result is an empty list.
3517 Also see |writefile()|.
3518
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003519 *remote_expr()* *E449*
3520remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
3521 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as an
3522 expression and the result is returned after evaluation.
3523 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3524 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3525 remote_read() is stored there.
3526 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3527 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3528 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3529 Note: Any errors will cause a local error message to be issued
3530 and the result will be the empty string.
3531 Examples: >
3532 :echo remote_expr("gvim", "2+2")
3533 :echo remote_expr("gvim1", "b:current_syntax")
3534<
3535
3536remote_foreground({server}) *remote_foreground()*
3537 Move the Vim server with the name {server} to the foreground.
3538 This works like: >
3539 remote_expr({server}, "foreground()")
3540< Except that on Win32 systems the client does the work, to work
3541 around the problem that the OS doesn't always allow the server
3542 to bring itself to the foreground.
3543 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3544 {only in the Win32, Athena, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
3545 Win32 console version}
3546
3547
3548remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}]) *remote_peek()*
3549 Returns a positive number if there are available strings
3550 from {serverid}. Copies any reply string into the variable
3551 {retvar} if specified. {retvar} must be a string with the
3552 name of a variable.
3553 Returns zero if none are available.
3554 Returns -1 if something is wrong.
3555 See also |clientserver|.
3556 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3557 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3558 Examples: >
3559 :let repl = ""
3560 :echo "PEEK: ".remote_peek(id, "repl").": ".repl
3561
3562remote_read({serverid}) *remote_read()*
3563 Return the oldest available reply from {serverid} and consume
3564 it. It blocks until a reply is available.
3565 See also |clientserver|.
3566 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3567 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3568 Example: >
3569 :echo remote_read(id)
3570<
3571 *remote_send()* *E241*
3572remote_send({server}, {string} [, {idvar}])
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003573 Send the {string} to {server}. The string is sent as input
3574 keys and the function returns immediately. At the Vim server
3575 the keys are not mapped |:map|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576 If {idvar} is present, it is taken as the name of a
3577 variable and a {serverid} for later use with
3578 remote_read() is stored there.
3579 See also |clientserver| |RemoteReply|.
3580 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3581 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3582 Note: Any errors will be reported in the server and may mess
3583 up the display.
3584 Examples: >
3585 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":DropAndReply ".file, "serverid").
3586 \ remote_read(serverid)
3587
3588 :autocmd NONE RemoteReply *
3589 \ echo remote_read(expand("<amatch>"))
3590 :echo remote_send("gvim", ":sleep 10 | echo ".
3591 \ 'server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")<CR>')
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003592<
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003593remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}]) *remove()*
3594 Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from List {list} and
3595 return it.
3596 With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
3597 return a list with these items. When {idx} points to the same
3598 item as {end} a list with one item is returned. When {end}
3599 points to an item before {idx} this is an error.
3600 See |list-index| for possible values of {idx} and {end}.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003601 Example: >
3602 :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1)
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003603 :call remove(mylist, 0, 9)
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003604remove({dict}, {key})
3605 Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: >
3606 :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one")
3607< If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error.
3608
3609 Use |delete()| to remove a file.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00003610
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003611rename({from}, {to}) *rename()*
3612 Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This
3613 should also work to move files across file systems. The
3614 result is a Number, which is 0 if the file was renamed
3615 successfully, and non-zero when the renaming failed.
3616 This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3617
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003618repeat({expr}, {count}) *repeat()*
3619 Repeat {expr} {count} times and return the concatenated
3620 result. Example: >
3621 :let seperator = repeat('-', 80)
3622< When {count} is zero or negative the result is empty.
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00003623 When {expr} is a List the result is {expr} concatenated
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003624 {count} times. Example: >
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00003625 :let longlist = repeat(['a', 'b'], 3)
3626< Results in ['a', 'b', 'a', 'b', 'a', 'b'].
Bram Moolenaarab79bcb2004-07-18 21:34:53 +00003627
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003628
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003629resolve({filename}) *resolve()* *E655*
3630 On MS-Windows, when {filename} is a shortcut (a .lnk file),
3631 returns the path the shortcut points to in a simplified form.
3632 On Unix, repeat resolving symbolic links in all path
3633 components of {filename} and return the simplified result.
3634 To cope with link cycles, resolving of symbolic links is
3635 stopped after 100 iterations.
3636 On other systems, return the simplified {filename}.
3637 The simplification step is done as by |simplify()|.
3638 resolve() keeps a leading path component specifying the
3639 current directory (provided the result is still a relative
3640 path name) and also keeps a trailing path separator.
3641
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003642 *reverse()*
3643reverse({list}) Reverse the order of items in {list} in-place. Returns
3644 {list}.
3645 If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3646 :let revlist = reverse(copy(mylist))
3647
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648search({pattern} [, {flags}]) *search()*
3649 Search for regexp pattern {pattern}. The search starts at the
Bram Moolenaar383f9bc2005-01-19 22:18:32 +00003650 cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003651 {flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
3652 'b' search backward instead of forward
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003653 'n' do Not move the cursor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003654 'w' wrap around the end of the file
3655 'W' don't wrap around the end of the file
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003656 's' set the ' mark at the previous location of the
3657 cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658 If neither 'w' or 'W' is given, the 'wrapscan' option applies.
3659
Bram Moolenaar02743632005-07-25 20:42:36 +00003660 If the 's' flag is supplied, the ' mark is set, only if the
3661 cursor is moved. The 's' flag cannot be combined with the 'n'
3662 flag.
3663
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00003664 When a match has been found its line number is returned.
3665 The cursor will be positioned at the match, unless the 'n'
3666 flag is used).
3667 If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
3668 move. No error message is given.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003669
3670 Example (goes over all files in the argument list): >
3671 :let n = 1
3672 :while n <= argc() " loop over all files in arglist
3673 : exe "argument " . n
3674 : " start at the last char in the file and wrap for the
3675 : " first search to find match at start of file
3676 : normal G$
3677 : let flags = "w"
3678 : while search("foo", flags) > 0
3679 : s/foo/bar/g
3680 : let flags = "W"
3681 : endwhile
3682 : update " write the file if modified
3683 : let n = n + 1
3684 :endwhile
3685<
3686 *searchpair()*
3687searchpair({start}, {middle}, {end} [, {flags} [, {skip}]])
3688 Search for the match of a nested start-end pair. This can be
3689 used to find the "endif" that matches an "if", while other
3690 if/endif pairs in between are ignored.
3691 The search starts at the cursor. If a match is found, the
3692 cursor is positioned at it and the line number is returned.
3693 If no match is found 0 or -1 is returned and the cursor
3694 doesn't move. No error message is given.
3695
3696 {start}, {middle} and {end} are patterns, see |pattern|. They
3697 must not contain \( \) pairs. Use of \%( \) is allowed. When
3698 {middle} is not empty, it is found when searching from either
3699 direction, but only when not in a nested start-end pair. A
3700 typical use is: >
3701 searchpair('\<if\>', '\<else\>', '\<endif\>')
3702< By leaving {middle} empty the "else" is skipped.
3703
3704 {flags} are used like with |search()|. Additionally:
3705 'n' do Not move the cursor
3706 'r' Repeat until no more matches found; will find the
3707 outer pair
3708 'm' return number of Matches instead of line number with
3709 the match; will only be > 1 when 'r' is used.
3710
3711 When a match for {start}, {middle} or {end} is found, the
3712 {skip} expression is evaluated with the cursor positioned on
3713 the start of the match. It should return non-zero if this
3714 match is to be skipped. E.g., because it is inside a comment
3715 or a string.
3716 When {skip} is omitted or empty, every match is accepted.
3717 When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted
3718 and -1 returned.
3719
3720 The value of 'ignorecase' is used. 'magic' is ignored, the
3721 patterns are used like it's on.
3722
3723 The search starts exactly at the cursor. A match with
3724 {start}, {middle} or {end} at the next character, in the
3725 direction of searching, is the first one found. Example: >
3726 if 1
3727 if 2
3728 endif 2
3729 endif 1
3730< When starting at the "if 2", with the cursor on the "i", and
3731 searching forwards, the "endif 2" is found. When starting on
3732 the character just before the "if 2", the "endif 1" will be
3733 found. That's because the "if 2" will be found first, and
3734 then this is considered to be a nested if/endif from "if 2" to
3735 "endif 2".
3736 When searching backwards and {end} is more than one character,
3737 it may be useful to put "\zs" at the end of the pattern, so
3738 that when the cursor is inside a match with the end it finds
3739 the matching start.
3740
3741 Example, to find the "endif" command in a Vim script: >
3742
3743 :echo searchpair('\<if\>', '\<el\%[seif]\>', '\<en\%[dif]\>', 'W',
3744 \ 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*\""')
3745
3746< The cursor must be at or after the "if" for which a match is
3747 to be found. Note that single-quote strings are used to avoid
3748 having to double the backslashes. The skip expression only
3749 catches comments at the start of a line, not after a command.
3750 Also, a word "en" or "if" halfway a line is considered a
3751 match.
3752 Another example, to search for the matching "{" of a "}": >
3753
3754 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW')
3755
3756< This works when the cursor is at or before the "}" for which a
3757 match is to be found. To reject matches that syntax
3758 highlighting recognized as strings: >
3759
3760 :echo searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW',
3761 \ 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string"')
3762<
3763server2client( {clientid}, {string}) *server2client()*
3764 Send a reply string to {clientid}. The most recent {clientid}
3765 that sent a string can be retrieved with expand("<client>").
3766 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3767 Note:
3768 This id has to be stored before the next command can be
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003769 received. I.e. before returning from the received command and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003770 before calling any commands that waits for input.
3771 See also |clientserver|.
3772 Example: >
3773 :echo server2client(expand("<client>"), "HELLO")
3774<
3775serverlist() *serverlist()*
3776 Return a list of available server names, one per line.
3777 When there are no servers or the information is not available
3778 an empty string is returned. See also |clientserver|.
3779 {only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
3780 Example: >
3781 :echo serverlist()
3782<
3783setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) *setbufvar()*
3784 Set option or local variable {varname} in buffer {expr} to
3785 {val}.
3786 This also works for a global or local window option, but it
3787 doesn't work for a global or local window variable.
3788 For a local window option the global value is unchanged.
3789 For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
3790 Note that the variable name without "b:" must be used.
3791 Examples: >
3792 :call setbufvar(1, "&mod", 1)
3793 :call setbufvar("todo", "myvar", "foobar")
3794< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3795
3796setcmdpos({pos}) *setcmdpos()*
3797 Set the cursor position in the command line to byte position
3798 {pos}. The first position is 1.
3799 Use |getcmdpos()| to obtain the current position.
3800 Only works while editing the command line, thus you must use
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00003801 |c_CTRL-\_e|, |c_CTRL-R_=| or |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '='. For
3802 |c_CTRL-\_e| and |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| with '=' the position is
3803 set after the command line is set to the expression. For
3804 |c_CTRL-R_=| it is set after evaluating the expression but
3805 before inserting the resulting text.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003806 When the number is too big the cursor is put at the end of the
3807 line. A number smaller than one has undefined results.
3808 Returns 0 when successful, 1 when not editing the command
3809 line.
3810
3811setline({lnum}, {line}) *setline()*
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003812 Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {line}.
3813 {lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003814 When {lnum} is just below the last line the {line} will be
3815 added as a new line.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003816 If this succeeds, 0 is returned. If this fails (most likely
3817 because {lnum} is invalid) 1 is returned. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003818 :call setline(5, strftime("%c"))
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003819< When {line} is a List then line {lnum} and following lines
3820 will be set to the items in the list. Example: >
3821 :call setline(5, ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc'])
3822< This is equivalent to: >
3823 :for [n, l] in [[5, 6, 7], ['aaa', 'bbb', 'ccc']]
3824 : call setline(n, l)
3825 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003826< Note: The '[ and '] marks are not set.
3827
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003828
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003829setqflist({list} [, {action}]) *setqflist()*
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003830 Creates a quickfix list using the items in {list}. Each item
3831 in {list} is a dictionary. Non-dictionary items in {list} are
3832 ignored. Each dictionary item can contain the following
3833 entries:
3834
3835 filename name of a file
3836 lnum line number in the file
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003837 pattern search pattern used to locate the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003838 col column number
3839 vcol when non-zero: "col" is visual column
3840 when zero: "col" is byte index
3841 nr error number
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003842 text description of the error
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003843 type single-character error type, 'E', 'W', etc.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003844
Bram Moolenaar582fd852005-03-28 20:58:01 +00003845 The "col", "vcol", "nr", "type" and "text" entries are
3846 optional. Either "lnum" or "pattern" entry can be used to
3847 locate a matching error line.
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003848 If the "filename" entry is not present or neither the "lnum"
3849 or "pattern" entries are present, then the item will not be
3850 handled as an error line.
3851 If both "pattern" and "lnum" are present then "pattern" will
3852 be used.
3853
Bram Moolenaar35c54e52005-05-20 21:25:31 +00003854 If {action} is set to 'a', then the items from {list} are
3855 added to the existing quickfix list. If there is no existing
3856 list, then a new list is created. If {action} is set to 'r',
3857 then the items from the current quickfix list are replaced
3858 with the items from {list}. If {action} is not present or is
3859 set to ' ', then a new list is created.
3860
Bram Moolenaar68b76a62005-03-25 21:53:48 +00003861 Returns zero for success, -1 for failure.
3862
3863 This function can be used to create a quickfix list
3864 independent of the 'errorformat' setting. Use a command like
3865 ":cc 1" to jump to the first position.
3866
3867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003868 *setreg()*
3869setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
3870 Set the register {regname} to {value}.
3871 If {options} contains "a" or {regname} is upper case,
3872 then the value is appended.
3873 {options} can also contains a register type specification:
3874 "c" or "v" |characterwise| mode
3875 "l" or "V" |linewise| mode
3876 "b" or "<CTRL-V>" |blockwise-visual| mode
3877 If a number immediately follows "b" or "<CTRL-V>" then this is
3878 used as the width of the selection - if it is not specified
3879 then the width of the block is set to the number of characters
3880 in the longest line (counting a <TAB> as 1 character).
3881
3882 If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
3883 is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
3884 Setting the '=' register is not possible.
3885 Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
3886
3887 Examples: >
3888 :call setreg(v:register, @*)
3889 :call setreg('*', @%, 'ac')
3890 :call setreg('a', "1\n2\n3", 'b5')
3891
3892< This example shows using the functions to save and restore a
3893 register. >
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003894 :let var_a = getreg('a', 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003895 :let var_amode = getregtype('a')
3896 ....
3897 :call setreg('a', var_a, var_amode)
3898
3899< You can also change the type of a register by appending
3900 nothing: >
3901 :call setreg('a', '', 'al')
3902
3903setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val}) *setwinvar()*
3904 Set option or local variable {varname} in window {nr} to
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003905 {val}. When {nr} is zero the current window is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003906 This also works for a global or local buffer option, but it
3907 doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
3908 For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
3909 Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
3910 Examples: >
3911 :call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
3912 :call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
3913< This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
3914
3915simplify({filename}) *simplify()*
3916 Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
3917 the meaning. Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
3918 Unix) are not resolved. If the first path component in
3919 {filename} designates the current directory, this will be
3920 valid for the result as well. A trailing path separator is
3921 not removed either.
3922 Example: >
3923 simplify("./dir/.././/file/") == "./file/"
3924< Note: The combination "dir/.." is only removed if "dir" is
3925 a searchable directory or does not exist. On Unix, it is also
3926 removed when "dir" is a symbolic link within the same
3927 directory. In order to resolve all the involved symbolic
3928 links before simplifying the path name, use |resolve()|.
3929
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003930
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00003931sort({list} [, {func}]) *sort()* *E702*
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003932 Sort the items in {list} in-place. Returns {list}. If you
3933 want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
3934 :let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
3935< Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003936 Numbers sort after Strings, Lists after Numbers.
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003937 For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003938 When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
3939 When {func} is a Funcref or a function name, this function is
3940 called to compare items. The function is invoked with two
3941 items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 if
3942 the first one sorts after the second one, -1 if the first one
3943 sorts before the second one. Example: >
3944 func MyCompare(i1, i2)
3945 return a:i1 == a:i2 ? 0 : a:i1 > a:i2 ? 1 : -1
3946 endfunc
3947 let sortedlist = sort(mylist, "MyCompare")
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003948<
3949
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003950 *soundfold()*
3951soundfold({word})
3952 Return the sound-folded equivalent of {word}. Uses the first
3953 language in 'spellang' for the current window that supports
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003954 soundfolding. 'spell' must be set. When no sound folding is
3955 possible the {word} is returned unmodified.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003956 This can be used for making spelling suggestions. Note that
3957 the method can be quite slow.
3958
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003959 *spellbadword()*
3960spellbadword() Return the badly spelled word under or after the cursor.
3961 The cursor is advanced to the start of the bad word.
3962 When no bad word is found in the cursor line an empty String
3963 is returned and the cursor doesn't move.
3964
3965 *spellsuggest()*
3966spellsuggest({word} [, {max}])
3967 Return a List with spelling suggestions to replace {word}.
3968 When {max} is given up to this number of suggestions are
3969 returned. Otherwise up to 25 suggestions are returned.
3970
3971 {word} can be a badly spelled word followed by other text.
3972 This allows for joining two words that were split. The
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003973 suggestions also include the following text, thus you can
3974 replace a line.
3975
3976 {word} may also be a good word. Similar words will then be
3977 returned. {word} itself is also included, most likely as the
3978 first entry, thus this can be used to check spelling.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003979
3980 The spelling information for the current window is used. The
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003981 'spell' option must be set and the values of 'spelllang' and
3982 'spellsuggest' are used.
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003983
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003984
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003985split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]]) *split()*
3986 Make a List out of {expr}. When {pattern} is omitted or empty
3987 each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an item.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003988 Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003989 removing the matched characters.
3990 When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
3991 {keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
Bram Moolenaar5c06f8b2005-05-31 22:14:58 +00003992 Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
3993 character or when {keepempty} is non-zero.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00003994 Example: >
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00003995 :let words = split(getline('.'), '\W\+')
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00003996< To split a string in individual characters: >
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00003997 :for c in split(mystring, '\zs')
Bram Moolenaar0cb032e2005-04-23 20:52:00 +00003998< If you want to keep the separator you can also use '\zs': >
3999 :echo split('abc:def:ghi', ':\zs')
4000< ['abc:', 'def:', 'ghi'] ~
Bram Moolenaar2389c3c2005-05-22 22:07:59 +00004001 Splitting a table where the first element can be empty: >
4002 :let items = split(line, ':', 1)
4003< The opposite function is |join()|.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004004
4005
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004006strftime({format} [, {time}]) *strftime()*
4007 The result is a String, which is a formatted date and time, as
4008 specified by the {format} string. The given {time} is used,
4009 or the current time if no time is given. The accepted
4010 {format} depends on your system, thus this is not portable!
4011 See the manual page of the C function strftime() for the
4012 format. The maximum length of the result is 80 characters.
4013 See also |localtime()| and |getftime()|.
4014 The language can be changed with the |:language| command.
4015 Examples: >
4016 :echo strftime("%c") Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997
4017 :echo strftime("%Y %b %d %X") 1997 Apr 27 11:53:25
4018 :echo strftime("%y%m%d %T") 970427 11:53:55
4019 :echo strftime("%H:%M") 11:55
4020 :echo strftime("%c", getftime("file.c"))
4021 Show mod time of file.c.
Bram Moolenaara14de3d2005-01-07 21:48:26 +00004022< Not available on all systems. To check use: >
4023 :if exists("*strftime")
4024
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004025stridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *stridx()*
4026 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4027 {haystack} of the first occurrence of the String {needle}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004028 If {start} is specified, the search starts at index {start}.
4029 This can be used to find a second match: >
4030 :let comma1 = stridx(line, ",")
4031 :let comma2 = stridx(line, ",", comma1 + 1)
4032< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004033 For pattern searches use |match()|.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004034 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004035 See also |strridx()|.
4036 Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004037 :echo stridx("An Example", "Example") 3
4038 :echo stridx("Starting point", "Start") 0
4039 :echo stridx("Starting point", "start") -1
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004040< *strstr()* *strchr()*
4041 stridx() works similar to the C function strstr(). When used
4042 with a single character it works similar to strchr().
4043
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004044 *string()*
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004045string({expr}) Return {expr} converted to a String. If {expr} is a Number,
4046 String or a composition of them, then the result can be parsed
4047 back with |eval()|.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004048 {expr} type result ~
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004049 String 'string'
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004050 Number 123
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004051 Funcref function('name')
Bram Moolenaar5f2bb9f2005-01-11 21:29:04 +00004052 List [item, item]
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00004053 Dictionary {key: value, key: value}
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00004054 Note that in String values the ' character is doubled.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004055
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004056 *strlen()*
4057strlen({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the String
4058 {expr} in bytes. If you want to count the number of
4059 multi-byte characters use something like this: >
4060
4061 :let len = strlen(substitute(str, ".", "x", "g"))
4062
4063< Composing characters are not counted.
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00004064 If the argument is a Number it is first converted to a String.
4065 For other types an error is given.
4066 Also see |len()|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004067
4068strpart({src}, {start}[, {len}]) *strpart()*
4069 The result is a String, which is part of {src}, starting from
4070 byte {start}, with the length {len}.
4071 When non-existing bytes are included, this doesn't result in
4072 an error, the bytes are simply omitted.
4073 If {len} is missing, the copy continues from {start} till the
4074 end of the {src}. >
4075 strpart("abcdefg", 3, 2) == "de"
4076 strpart("abcdefg", -2, 4) == "ab"
4077 strpart("abcdefg", 5, 4) == "fg"
4078 strpart("abcdefg", 3) == "defg"
4079< Note: To get the first character, {start} must be 0. For
4080 example, to get three bytes under and after the cursor: >
4081 strpart(getline(line(".")), col(".") - 1, 3)
4082<
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004083strridx({haystack}, {needle} [, {start}]) *strridx()*
4084 The result is a Number, which gives the byte index in
4085 {haystack} of the last occurrence of the String {needle}.
4086 When {start} is specified, matches beyond this index are
4087 ignored. This can be used to find a match before a previous
4088 match: >
4089 :let lastcomma = strridx(line, ",")
4090 :let comma2 = strridx(line, ",", lastcomma - 1)
4091< The search is done case-sensitive.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004092 For pattern searches use |match()|.
4093 -1 is returned if the {needle} does not occur in {haystack}.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004094 If the {needle} is empty the length of {haystack} is returned.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004095 See also |stridx()|. Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096 :echo strridx("an angry armadillo", "an") 3
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004097< *strrchr()*
4098 When used with a single character it works similar to the C
4099 function strrchr().
4100
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004101strtrans({expr}) *strtrans()*
4102 The result is a String, which is {expr} with all unprintable
4103 characters translated into printable characters |'isprint'|.
4104 Like they are shown in a window. Example: >
4105 echo strtrans(@a)
4106< This displays a newline in register a as "^@" instead of
4107 starting a new line.
4108
4109submatch({nr}) *submatch()*
4110 Only for an expression in a |:substitute| command. Returns
4111 the {nr}'th submatch of the matched text. When {nr} is 0
4112 the whole matched text is returned.
4113 Example: >
4114 :s/\d\+/\=submatch(0) + 1/
4115< This finds the first number in the line and adds one to it.
4116 A line break is included as a newline character.
4117
4118substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags}) *substitute()*
4119 The result is a String, which is a copy of {expr}, in which
4120 the first match of {pat} is replaced with {sub}. This works
4121 like the ":substitute" command (without any flags). But the
4122 matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic' option is
4123 set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts portable).
4124 See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
4125 And a "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
4126 Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
4127 |sub-replace-special|. For example, to replace something with
4128 "\n" (two characters), use "\\\\n" or '\\n'.
4129 When {pat} does not match in {expr}, {expr} is returned
4130 unmodified.
4131 When {flags} is "g", all matches of {pat} in {expr} are
4132 replaced. Otherwise {flags} should be "".
4133 Example: >
4134 :let &path = substitute(&path, ",\\=[^,]*$", "", "")
4135< This removes the last component of the 'path' option. >
4136 :echo substitute("testing", ".*", "\\U\\0", "")
4137< results in "TESTING".
4138
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004139synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans}) *synID()*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004140 The result is a Number, which is the syntax ID at the position
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004141 {lnum} and {col} in the current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142 The syntax ID can be used with |synIDattr()| and
4143 |synIDtrans()| to obtain syntax information about text.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004144
Bram Moolenaar47136d72004-10-12 20:02:24 +00004145 {col} is 1 for the leftmost column, {lnum} is 1 for the first
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004146 line. 'synmaxcol' applies, in a longer line zero is returned.
4147
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004148 When {trans} is non-zero, transparent items are reduced to the
4149 item that they reveal. This is useful when wanting to know
4150 the effective color. When {trans} is zero, the transparent
4151 item is returned. This is useful when wanting to know which
4152 syntax item is effective (e.g. inside parens).
4153 Warning: This function can be very slow. Best speed is
4154 obtained by going through the file in forward direction.
4155
4156 Example (echoes the name of the syntax item under the cursor): >
4157 :echo synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
4158<
4159synIDattr({synID}, {what} [, {mode}]) *synIDattr()*
4160 The result is a String, which is the {what} attribute of
4161 syntax ID {synID}. This can be used to obtain information
4162 about a syntax item.
4163 {mode} can be "gui", "cterm" or "term", to get the attributes
4164 for that mode. When {mode} is omitted, or an invalid value is
4165 used, the attributes for the currently active highlighting are
4166 used (GUI, cterm or term).
4167 Use synIDtrans() to follow linked highlight groups.
4168 {what} result
4169 "name" the name of the syntax item
4170 "fg" foreground color (GUI: color name used to set
4171 the color, cterm: color number as a string,
4172 term: empty string)
4173 "bg" background color (like "fg")
4174 "fg#" like "fg", but for the GUI and the GUI is
4175 running the name in "#RRGGBB" form
4176 "bg#" like "fg#" for "bg"
4177 "bold" "1" if bold
4178 "italic" "1" if italic
4179 "reverse" "1" if reverse
4180 "inverse" "1" if inverse (= reverse)
4181 "underline" "1" if underlined
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004182 "undercurl" "1" if undercurled
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183
4184 Example (echoes the color of the syntax item under the
4185 cursor): >
4186 :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 1)), "fg")
4187<
4188synIDtrans({synID}) *synIDtrans()*
4189 The result is a Number, which is the translated syntax ID of
4190 {synID}. This is the syntax group ID of what is being used to
4191 highlight the character. Highlight links given with
4192 ":highlight link" are followed.
4193
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004194system({expr} [, {input}]) *system()* *E677*
4195 Get the output of the shell command {expr}.
4196 When {input} is given, this string is written to a file and
4197 passed as stdin to the command. The string is written as-is,
4198 you need to take care of using the correct line separators
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004199 yourself. Pipes are not used.
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00004200 Note: newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail. The
4201 characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also cause
4202 trouble.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004203 This is not to be used for interactive commands.
4204 The result is a String. Example: >
4205
4206 :let files = system("ls")
4207
4208< To make the result more system-independent, the shell output
4209 is filtered to replace <CR> with <NL> for Macintosh, and
4210 <CR><NL> with <NL> for DOS-like systems.
4211 The command executed is constructed using several options:
4212 'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
4213 ({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
4214 For Unix and OS/2 braces are put around {expr} to allow for
4215 concatenated commands.
4216
4217 The resulting error code can be found in |v:shell_error|.
4218 This function will fail in |restricted-mode|.
4219 Unlike ":!cmd" there is no automatic check for changed files.
4220 Use |:checktime| to force a check.
4221
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004222
4223taglist({expr}) *taglist()*
4224 Returns a list of tags matching the regular expression {expr}.
Bram Moolenaard8c00872005-07-22 21:52:15 +00004225 Each list item is a dictionary with at least the following
4226 entries:
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004227 name name of the tag.
4228 filename name of the file where the tag is
4229 defined.
4230 cmd Ex command used to locate the tag in
4231 the file.
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004232 kind type of the tag. The value for this
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004233 entry depends on the language specific
4234 kind values generated by the ctags
4235 tool.
4236 static a file specific tag. Refer to
4237 |static-tag| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar4317d9b2005-03-18 20:25:31 +00004238 The "kind" entry is only available when using Exuberant ctags
4239 generated tags file. More entries may be present, depending
4240 on the content of the tags file: access, implementation,
4241 inherits and signature. Refer to the ctags documentation for
4242 information about these fields. For C code the fields
4243 "struct", "class" and "enum" may appear, they give the name of
4244 the entity the tag is contained in.
4245
4246 The ex-command 'cmd' can be either an ex search pattern, a
4247 line number or a line number followed by a byte number.
Bram Moolenaare2cc9702005-03-15 22:43:58 +00004248
4249 If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
4250
4251 To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
4252 used in {expr}. Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
4253 about the tag search regular expression pattern.
4254
4255 Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
4256 located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
4257 the tags file generated by the different ctags tools.
4258
4259
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004260tempname() *tempname()* *temp-file-name*
4261 The result is a String, which is the name of a file that
4262 doesn't exist. It can be used for a temporary file. The name
4263 is different for at least 26 consecutive calls. Example: >
4264 :let tmpfile = tempname()
4265 :exe "redir > " . tmpfile
4266< For Unix, the file will be in a private directory (only
4267 accessible by the current user) to avoid security problems
4268 (e.g., a symlink attack or other people reading your file).
4269 When Vim exits the directory and all files in it are deleted.
4270 For MS-Windows forward slashes are used when the 'shellslash'
4271 option is set or when 'shellcmdflag' starts with '-'.
4272
4273tolower({expr}) *tolower()*
4274 The result is a copy of the String given, with all uppercase
4275 characters turned into lowercase (just like applying |gu| to
4276 the string).
4277
4278toupper({expr}) *toupper()*
4279 The result is a copy of the String given, with all lowercase
4280 characters turned into uppercase (just like applying |gU| to
4281 the string).
4282
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00004283tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) *tr()*
4284 The result is a copy of the {src} string with all characters
4285 which appear in {fromstr} replaced by the character in that
4286 position in the {tostr} string. Thus the first character in
4287 {fromstr} is translated into the first character in {tostr}
4288 and so on. Exactly like the unix "tr" command.
4289 This code also deals with multibyte characters properly.
4290
4291 Examples: >
4292 echo tr("hello there", "ht", "HT")
4293< returns "Hello THere" >
4294 echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}")
4295< returns "{blob}"
4296
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004297 *type()*
4298type({expr}) The result is a Number, depending on the type of {expr}:
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004299 Number: 0
4300 String: 1
4301 Funcref: 2
4302 List: 3
4303 Dictionary: 4
4304 To avoid the magic numbers it should be used this way: >
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004305 :if type(myvar) == type(0)
4306 :if type(myvar) == type("")
4307 :if type(myvar) == type(function("tr"))
4308 :if type(myvar) == type([])
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004309 :if type(myvar) == type({})
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004310
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004311values({dict}) *values()*
4312 Return a List with all the values of {dict}. The List is in
4313 arbitrary order.
4314
4315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004316virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()*
4317 The result is a Number, which is the screen column of the file
4318 position given with {expr}. That is, the last screen position
4319 occupied by the character at that position, when the screen
4320 would be of unlimited width. When there is a <Tab> at the
4321 position, the returned Number will be the column at the end of
4322 the <Tab>. For example, for a <Tab> in column 1, with 'ts'
4323 set to 8, it returns 8.
4324 For the byte position use |col()|.
4325 When Virtual editing is active in the current mode, a position
4326 beyond the end of the line can be returned. |'virtualedit'|
4327 The accepted positions are:
4328 . the cursor position
4329 $ the end of the cursor line (the result is the
4330 number of displayed characters in the cursor line
4331 plus one)
4332 'x position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
4333 returned)
4334 Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
4335 Examples: >
4336 virtcol(".") with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
4337 virtcol("$") with text "foo^Lbar", returns 9
4338 virtcol("'t") with text " there", with 't at 'h', returns 6
4339< The first column is 1. 0 is returned for an error.
4340
4341visualmode([expr]) *visualmode()*
4342 The result is a String, which describes the last Visual mode
4343 used. Initially it returns an empty string, but once Visual
4344 mode has been used, it returns "v", "V", or "<CTRL-V>" (a
4345 single CTRL-V character) for character-wise, line-wise, or
4346 block-wise Visual mode respectively.
4347 Example: >
4348 :exe "normal " . visualmode()
4349< This enters the same Visual mode as before. It is also useful
4350 in scripts if you wish to act differently depending on the
4351 Visual mode that was used.
4352
4353 If an expression is supplied that results in a non-zero number
4354 or a non-empty string, then the Visual mode will be cleared
4355 and the old value is returned. Note that " " and "0" are also
4356 non-empty strings, thus cause the mode to be cleared.
4357
4358 *winbufnr()*
4359winbufnr({nr}) The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004360 associated with window {nr}. When {nr} is zero, the number of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004361 the buffer in the current window is returned. When window
4362 {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4363 Example: >
4364 :echo "The file in the current window is " . bufname(winbufnr(0))
4365<
4366 *wincol()*
4367wincol() The result is a Number, which is the virtual column of the
4368 cursor in the window. This is counting screen cells from the
4369 left side of the window. The leftmost column is one.
4370
4371winheight({nr}) *winheight()*
4372 The result is a Number, which is the height of window {nr}.
4373 When {nr} is zero, the height of the current window is
4374 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4375 An existing window always has a height of zero or more.
4376 Examples: >
4377 :echo "The current window has " . winheight(0) . " lines."
4378<
4379 *winline()*
4380winline() The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
4381 in the window. This is counting screen lines from the top of
4382 the window. The first line is one.
4383
4384 *winnr()*
Bram Moolenaar5eb86f92004-07-26 12:53:41 +00004385winnr([{arg}]) The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
4386 window. The top window has number 1.
4387 When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
4388 last window is returnd (the window count).
4389 When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
4390 accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
4391 If there is no previous window 0 is returned.
4392 The number can be used with |CTRL-W_w| and ":wincmd w"
4393 |:wincmd|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004394
4395 *winrestcmd()*
4396winrestcmd() Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
4397 the current window sizes. Only works properly when no windows
4398 are opened or closed and the current window is unchanged.
4399 Example: >
4400 :let cmd = winrestcmd()
4401 :call MessWithWindowSizes()
4402 :exe cmd
4403
4404winwidth({nr}) *winwidth()*
4405 The result is a Number, which is the width of window {nr}.
4406 When {nr} is zero, the width of the current window is
4407 returned. When window {nr} doesn't exist, -1 is returned.
4408 An existing window always has a width of zero or more.
4409 Examples: >
4410 :echo "The current window has " . winwidth(0) . " columns."
4411 :if winwidth(0) <= 50
4412 : exe "normal 50\<C-W>|"
4413 :endif
4414<
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00004415 *writefile()*
4416writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
4417 Write List {list} to file {fname}. Each list item is
4418 separated with a NL. Each list item must be a String or
4419 Number.
4420 When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
4421 not be a NL after the last list item. An empty item at the
4422 end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
4423 All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
4424 Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
4425 to writefile().
4426 An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
4427 When the write fails -1 is returned, otherwise 0. There is an
4428 error message if the file can't be created or when writing
4429 fails.
4430 Also see |readfile()|.
4431 To copy a file byte for byte: >
4432 :let fl = readfile("foo", "b")
4433 :call writefile(fl, "foocopy", "b")
4434<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004435
4436 *feature-list*
4437There are three types of features:
44381. Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
4439 was compiled |+feature-list|. Example: >
4440 :if has("cindent")
44412. Features that are only supported when certain conditions have been met.
4442 Example: >
4443 :if has("gui_running")
4444< *has-patch*
44453. Included patches. First check |v:version| for the version of Vim.
4446 Then the "patch123" feature means that patch 123 has been included for
4447 this version. Example (checking version 6.2.148 or later): >
4448 :if v:version > 602 || v:version == 602 && has("patch148")
4449
4450all_builtin_terms Compiled with all builtin terminals enabled.
4451amiga Amiga version of Vim.
4452arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|.
4453arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga).
4454autocmd Compiled with autocommands support.
4455balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support.
Bram Moolenaar45360022005-07-21 21:08:21 +00004456balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004457beos BeOS version of Vim.
4458browse Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
4459 work.
4460builtin_terms Compiled with some builtin terminals.
4461byte_offset Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
4462cindent Compiled with 'cindent' support.
4463clientserver Compiled with remote invocation support |clientserver|.
4464clipboard Compiled with 'clipboard' support.
4465cmdline_compl Compiled with |cmdline-completion| support.
4466cmdline_hist Compiled with |cmdline-history| support.
4467cmdline_info Compiled with 'showcmd' and 'ruler' support.
4468comments Compiled with |'comments'| support.
4469cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|.
4470cscope Compiled with |cscope| support.
4471compatible Compiled to be very Vi compatible.
4472debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined.
4473dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support.
4474dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support.
4475diff Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
4476digraphs Compiled with support for digraphs.
4477dnd Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
4478dos32 32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
4479dos16 16 bits DOS version of Vim.
4480ebcdic Compiled on a machine with ebcdic character set.
4481emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags.
4482eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always
4483 true, of course!
4484ex_extra Compiled with extra Ex commands |+ex_extra|.
4485extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and
4486 |'hlsearch'|
4487farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|.
4488file_in_path Compiled with support for |gf| and |<cfile>|
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004489filterpipe When 'shelltemp' is off pipes are used for shell
4490 read/write/filter commands
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004491find_in_path Compiled with support for include file searches
4492 |+find_in_path|.
4493fname_case Case in file names matters (for Amiga, MS-DOS, and
4494 Windows this is not present).
4495folding Compiled with |folding| support.
4496footer Compiled with GUI footer support. |gui-footer|
4497fork Compiled to use fork()/exec() instead of system().
4498gettext Compiled with message translation |multi-lang|
4499gui Compiled with GUI enabled.
4500gui_athena Compiled with Athena GUI.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004501gui_gtk Compiled with GTK+ GUI (any version).
4502gui_gtk2 Compiled with GTK+ 2 GUI (gui_gtk is also defined).
Bram Moolenaar843ee412004-06-30 16:16:41 +00004503gui_kde Compiled with KDE GUI |KVim|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004504gui_mac Compiled with Macintosh GUI.
4505gui_motif Compiled with Motif GUI.
4506gui_photon Compiled with Photon GUI.
4507gui_win32 Compiled with MS Windows Win32 GUI.
4508gui_win32s idem, and Win32s system being used (Windows 3.1)
4509gui_running Vim is running in the GUI, or it will start soon.
4510hangul_input Compiled with Hangul input support. |hangul|
4511iconv Can use iconv() for conversion.
4512insert_expand Compiled with support for CTRL-X expansion commands in
4513 Insert mode.
4514jumplist Compiled with |jumplist| support.
4515keymap Compiled with 'keymap' support.
4516langmap Compiled with 'langmap' support.
4517libcall Compiled with |libcall()| support.
4518linebreak Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
4519 support.
4520lispindent Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
4521listcmds Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
4522 and the argument list |arglist|.
4523localmap Compiled with local mappings and abbr. |:map-local|
4524mac Macintosh version of Vim.
4525macunix Macintosh version of Vim, using Unix files (OS-X).
4526menu Compiled with support for |:menu|.
4527mksession Compiled with support for |:mksession|.
4528modify_fname Compiled with file name modifiers. |filename-modifiers|
4529mouse Compiled with support mouse.
4530mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
4531mouse_dec Compiled with support for Dec terminal mouse.
4532mouse_gpm Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
4533mouse_netterm Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
4534mouse_pterm Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
4535mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
4536multi_byte Compiled with support for editing Korean et al.
4537multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method.
4538multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00004539mzscheme Compiled with MzScheme interface |mzscheme|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004540netbeans_intg Compiled with support for |netbeans|.
Bram Moolenaar009b2592004-10-24 19:18:58 +00004541netbeans_enabled Compiled with support for |netbeans| and it's used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004542ole Compiled with OLE automation support for Win32.
4543os2 OS/2 version of Vim.
4544osfiletype Compiled with support for osfiletypes |+osfiletype|
4545path_extra Compiled with up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
4546perl Compiled with Perl interface.
4547postscript Compiled with PostScript file printing.
4548printer Compiled with |:hardcopy| support.
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004549profile Compiled with |:profile| support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004550python Compiled with Python interface.
4551qnx QNX version of Vim.
4552quickfix Compiled with |quickfix| support.
4553rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support.
4554ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|.
4555scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support.
4556showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support.
4557signs Compiled with |:sign| support.
4558smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support.
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00004559sniff Compiled with SNiFF interface support.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004560statusline Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
4561 and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
4562sun_workshop Compiled with support for Sun |workshop|.
Bram Moolenaar82cf9b62005-06-07 21:09:25 +00004563spell Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
4564syntax Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004565syntax_items There are active syntax highlighting items for the
4566 current buffer.
4567system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec().
4568tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files
4569 |tag-binary-search|.
4570tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags
4571 |tag-old-static|.
4572tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags
4573 files |tag-any-white|.
4574tcl Compiled with Tcl interface.
4575terminfo Compiled with terminfo instead of termcap.
4576termresponse Compiled with support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|.
4577textobjects Compiled with support for |text-objects|.
4578tgetent Compiled with tgetent support, able to use a termcap
4579 or terminfo file.
4580title Compiled with window title support |'title'|.
4581toolbar Compiled with support for |gui-toolbar|.
4582unix Unix version of Vim.
4583user_commands User-defined commands.
4584viminfo Compiled with viminfo support.
4585vim_starting True while initial source'ing takes place.
4586vertsplit Compiled with vertically split windows |:vsplit|.
4587virtualedit Compiled with 'virtualedit' option.
4588visual Compiled with Visual mode.
4589visualextra Compiled with extra Visual mode commands.
4590 |blockwise-operators|.
4591vms VMS version of Vim.
4592vreplace Compiled with |gR| and |gr| commands.
4593wildignore Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
4594wildmenu Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
4595windows Compiled with support for more than one window.
4596winaltkeys Compiled with 'winaltkeys' option.
4597win16 Win16 version of Vim (MS-Windows 3.1).
4598win32 Win32 version of Vim (MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP).
4599win64 Win64 version of Vim (MS-Windows 64 bit).
4600win32unix Win32 version of Vim, using Unix files (Cygwin)
4601win95 Win32 version for MS-Windows 95/98/ME.
4602writebackup Compiled with 'writebackup' default on.
4603xfontset Compiled with X fontset support |xfontset|.
4604xim Compiled with X input method support |xim|.
4605xsmp Compiled with X session management support.
4606xsmp_interact Compiled with interactive X session management support.
4607xterm_clipboard Compiled with support for xterm clipboard.
4608xterm_save Compiled with support for saving and restoring the
4609 xterm screen.
4610x11 Compiled with X11 support.
4611
4612 *string-match*
4613Matching a pattern in a String
4614
4615A regexp pattern as explained at |pattern| is normally used to find a match in
4616the buffer lines. When a pattern is used to find a match in a String, almost
4617everything works in the same way. The difference is that a String is handled
4618like it is one line. When it contains a "\n" character, this is not seen as a
4619line break for the pattern. It can be matched with a "\n" in the pattern, or
4620with ".". Example: >
4621 :let a = "aaaa\nxxxx"
4622 :echo matchstr(a, "..\n..")
4623 aa
4624 xx
4625 :echo matchstr(a, "a.x")
4626 a
4627 x
4628
4629Don't forget that "^" will only match at the first character of the String and
4630"$" at the last character of the string. They don't match after or before a
4631"\n".
4632
4633==============================================================================
46345. Defining functions *user-functions*
4635
4636New functions can be defined. These can be called just like builtin
4637functions. The function executes a sequence of Ex commands. Normal mode
4638commands can be executed with the |:normal| command.
4639
4640The function name must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid confusion with
4641builtin functions. To prevent from using the same name in different scripts
4642avoid obvious, short names. A good habit is to start the function name with
4643the name of the script, e.g., "HTMLcolor()".
4644
4645It's also possible to use curly braces, see |curly-braces-names|.
4646
4647 *local-function*
4648A function local to a script must start with "s:". A local script function
4649can only be called from within the script and from functions, user commands
4650and autocommands defined in the script. It is also possible to call the
4651function from a mappings defined in the script, but then |<SID>| must be used
4652instead of "s:" when the mapping is expanded outside of the script.
4653
4654 *:fu* *:function* *E128* *E129* *E123*
4655:fu[nction] List all functions and their arguments.
4656
4657:fu[nction] {name} List function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004658 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4659 Funcref: >
4660 :function dict.init
4661< *E124* *E125*
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004662:fu[nction][!] {name}([arguments]) [range] [abort] [dict]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004663 Define a new function by the name {name}. The name
4664 must be made of alphanumeric characters and '_', and
4665 must start with a capital or "s:" (see above).
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004666
4667 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4668 Funcref: >
4669 :function dict.init(arg)
4670< "dict" must be an existing dictionary. The entry
4671 "init" is added if it didn't exist yet. Otherwise [!]
4672 is required to overwrite an existing function. The
4673 result is a |Funcref| to a numbered function. The
4674 function can only be used with a |Funcref| and will be
4675 deleted if there are no more references to it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004676 *E127* *E122*
4677 When a function by this name already exists and [!] is
4678 not used an error message is given. When [!] is used,
4679 an existing function is silently replaced. Unless it
4680 is currently being executed, that is an error.
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004681
4682 For the {arguments} see |function-argument|.
4683
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004684 *a:firstline* *a:lastline*
4685 When the [range] argument is added, the function is
4686 expected to take care of a range itself. The range is
4687 passed as "a:firstline" and "a:lastline". If [range]
4688 is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
4689 each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
4690 of each line. See |function-range-example|.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004691
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004692 When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
4693 abort as soon as an error is detected.
4694 The last used search pattern and the redo command "."
4695 will not be changed by the function.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004696
Bram Moolenaar2fda12f2005-01-15 22:14:15 +00004697 When the [dict] argument is added, the function must
4698 be invoked through an entry in a Dictionary. The
4699 local variable "self" will then be set to the
4700 dictionary. See |Dictionary-function|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004701
4702 *:endf* *:endfunction* *E126* *E193*
4703:endf[unction] The end of a function definition. Must be on a line
4704 by its own, without other commands.
4705
4706 *:delf* *:delfunction* *E130* *E131*
4707:delf[unction] {name} Delete function {name}.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004708 {name} can also be a Dictionary entry that is a
4709 Funcref: >
4710 :delfunc dict.init
4711< This will remove the "init" entry from "dict". The
4712 function is deleted if there are no more references to
4713 it.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004714 *:retu* *:return* *E133*
4715:retu[rn] [expr] Return from a function. When "[expr]" is given, it is
4716 evaluated and returned as the result of the function.
4717 If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
4718 When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
4719 the number 0 is returned.
4720 Note that there is no check for unreachable lines,
4721 thus there is no warning if commands follow ":return".
4722
4723 If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
4724 matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
4725 following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
4726 are executed first. This process applies to all
4727 nested ":try"s inside the function. The function
4728 returns at the outermost ":endtry".
4729
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004730 *function-argument* *a:var*
4731An argument can be defined by giving its name. In the function this can then
4732be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
4733 *a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740*
4734Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas. After the named
4735arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
4736may optionally be following. In the function the extra arguments can be used
4737as "a:1", "a:2", etc. "a:0" is set to the number of extra arguments (which
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00004738can be 0). "a:000" is set to a List that contains these arguments. Note that
4739"a:1" is the same as "a:000[0]".
4740 *E742*
4741The a: scope and the variables in it cannot be changed, they are fixed.
4742However, if a List or Dictionary is used, you can changes their contents.
4743Thus you can pass a List to a function and have the function add an item to
4744it. If you want to make sure the function cannot change a List or Dictionary
4745use |:lockvar|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004746
Bram Moolenaar8f999f12005-01-25 22:12:55 +00004747When not using "...", the number of arguments in a function call must be equal
4748to the number of named arguments. When using "...", the number of arguments
4749may be larger.
4750
4751It is also possible to define a function without any arguments. You must
4752still supply the () then. The body of the function follows in the next lines,
4753until the matching |:endfunction|. It is allowed to define another function
4754inside a function body.
4755
4756 *local-variables*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004757Inside a function variables can be used. These are local variables, which
4758will disappear when the function returns. Global variables need to be
4759accessed with "g:".
4760
4761Example: >
4762 :function Table(title, ...)
4763 : echohl Title
4764 : echo a:title
4765 : echohl None
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004766 : echo a:0 . " items:"
4767 : for s in a:000
4768 : echon ' ' . s
4769 : endfor
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004770 :endfunction
4771
4772This function can then be called with: >
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00004773 call Table("Table", "line1", "line2")
4774 call Table("Empty Table")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004775
4776To return more than one value, pass the name of a global variable: >
4777 :function Compute(n1, n2, divname)
4778 : if a:n2 == 0
4779 : return "fail"
4780 : endif
4781 : let g:{a:divname} = a:n1 / a:n2
4782 : return "ok"
4783 :endfunction
4784
4785This function can then be called with: >
4786 :let success = Compute(13, 1324, "div")
4787 :if success == "ok"
4788 : echo div
4789 :endif
4790
4791An alternative is to return a command that can be executed. This also works
4792with local variables in a calling function. Example: >
4793 :function Foo()
4794 : execute Bar()
4795 : echo "line " . lnum . " column " . col
4796 :endfunction
4797
4798 :function Bar()
4799 : return "let lnum = " . line(".") . " | let col = " . col(".")
4800 :endfunction
4801
4802The names "lnum" and "col" could also be passed as argument to Bar(), to allow
4803the caller to set the names.
4804
4805 *:cal* *:call* *E107*
4806:[range]cal[l] {name}([arguments])
4807 Call a function. The name of the function and its arguments
4808 are as specified with |:function|. Up to 20 arguments can be
4809 used.
4810 Without a range and for functions that accept a range, the
4811 function is called once. When a range is given the cursor is
4812 positioned at the start of the first line before executing the
4813 function.
4814 When a range is given and the function doesn't handle it
4815 itself, the function is executed for each line in the range,
4816 with the cursor in the first column of that line. The cursor
4817 is left at the last line (possibly moved by the last function
4818 call). The arguments are re-evaluated for each line. Thus
4819 this works:
4820 *function-range-example* >
4821 :function Mynumber(arg)
4822 : echo line(".") . " " . a:arg
4823 :endfunction
4824 :1,5call Mynumber(getline("."))
4825<
4826 The "a:firstline" and "a:lastline" are defined anyway, they
4827 can be used to do something different at the start or end of
4828 the range.
4829
4830 Example of a function that handles the range itself: >
4831
4832 :function Cont() range
4833 : execute (a:firstline + 1) . "," . a:lastline . 's/^/\t\\ '
4834 :endfunction
4835 :4,8call Cont()
4836<
4837 This function inserts the continuation character "\" in front
4838 of all the lines in the range, except the first one.
4839
4840 *E132*
4841The recursiveness of user functions is restricted with the |'maxfuncdepth'|
4842option.
4843
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004844
4845AUTOMATICALLY LOADING FUNCTIONS ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004846 *autoload-functions*
4847When using many or large functions, it's possible to automatically define them
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004848only when they are used. There are two methods: with an autocommand and with
4849the "autoload" directory in 'runtimepath'.
4850
4851
4852Using an autocommand ~
4853
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004854This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.14|.
4855
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004856The autocommand is useful if you have a plugin that is a long Vim script file.
4857You can define the autocommand and quickly quit the script with |:finish|.
4858That makes Vim startup faster. The autocommand should then load the same file
4859again, setting a variable to skip the |:finish| command.
4860
4861Use the FuncUndefined autocommand event with a pattern that matches the
4862function(s) to be defined. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004863
4864 :au FuncUndefined BufNet* source ~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim
4865
4866The file "~/vim/bufnetfuncs.vim" should then define functions that start with
4867"BufNet". Also see |FuncUndefined|.
4868
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004869
4870Using an autoload script ~
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004871 *autoload* *E746*
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00004872This is introduced in the user manual, section |41.15|.
4873
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004874Using a script in the "autoload" directory is simpler, but requires using
4875exactly the right file name. A function that can be autoloaded has a name
4876like this: >
4877
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004878 :call filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004879
4880When such a function is called, and it is not defined yet, Vim will search the
4881"autoload" directories in 'runtimepath' for a script file called
4882"filename.vim". For example "~/.vim/autoload/filename.vim". That file should
4883then define the function like this: >
4884
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004885 function filename#funcname()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004886 echo "Done!"
4887 endfunction
4888
4889The file name and the name used before the colon in the function must match
4890exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
4891called.
4892
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004893It is possible to use subdirectories. Every # in the function name works like
4894a path separator. Thus when calling a function: >
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004895
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004896 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004897
4898Vim will look for the file "autoload/foo/bar.vim" in 'runtimepath'.
4899
4900The name before the first colon must be at least two characters long,
4901otherwise it looks like a scope, such as "s:".
4902
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004903This also works when reading a variable that has not been set yet: >
4904
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004905 :let l = foo#bar#lvar
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004906
4907When assigning a value to such a variable nothing special happens. This can
4908be used to pass settings to the autoload script before it's loaded: >
4909
Bram Moolenaara7fc0102005-05-18 22:17:12 +00004910 :let foo#bar#toggle = 1
4911 :call foo#bar#func()
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004912
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +00004913Note that when you make a mistake and call a function that is supposed to be
4914defined in an autoload script, but the script doesn't actually define the
4915function, the script will be sourced every time you try to call the function.
Bram Moolenaar26a60b42005-02-22 08:49:11 +00004916And you will get an error message every time.
4917
4918Also note that if you have two script files, and one calls a function in the
4919other and vise versa, before the used function is defined, it won't work.
4920Avoid using the autoload functionality at the toplevel.
Bram Moolenaar7c626922005-02-07 22:01:03 +00004921
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004922==============================================================================
49236. Curly braces names *curly-braces-names*
4924
4925Wherever you can use a variable, you can use a "curly braces name" variable.
4926This is a regular variable name with one or more expressions wrapped in braces
4927{} like this: >
4928 my_{adjective}_variable
4929
4930When Vim encounters this, it evaluates the expression inside the braces, puts
4931that in place of the expression, and re-interprets the whole as a variable
4932name. So in the above example, if the variable "adjective" was set to
4933"noisy", then the reference would be to "my_noisy_variable", whereas if
4934"adjective" was set to "quiet", then it would be to "my_quiet_variable".
4935
4936One application for this is to create a set of variables governed by an option
4937value. For example, the statement >
4938 echo my_{&background}_message
4939
4940would output the contents of "my_dark_message" or "my_light_message" depending
4941on the current value of 'background'.
4942
4943You can use multiple brace pairs: >
4944 echo my_{adverb}_{adjective}_message
4945..or even nest them: >
4946 echo my_{ad{end_of_word}}_message
4947where "end_of_word" is either "verb" or "jective".
4948
4949However, the expression inside the braces must evaluate to a valid single
Bram Moolenaar402d2fe2005-04-15 21:00:38 +00004950variable name, e.g. this is invalid: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951 :let foo='a + b'
4952 :echo c{foo}d
4953.. since the result of expansion is "ca + bd", which is not a variable name.
4954
4955 *curly-braces-function-names*
4956You can call and define functions by an evaluated name in a similar way.
4957Example: >
4958 :let func_end='whizz'
4959 :call my_func_{func_end}(parameter)
4960
4961This would call the function "my_func_whizz(parameter)".
4962
4963==============================================================================
49647. Commands *expression-commands*
4965
4966:let {var-name} = {expr1} *:let* *E18*
4967 Set internal variable {var-name} to the result of the
4968 expression {expr1}. The variable will get the type
4969 from the {expr}. If {var-name} didn't exist yet, it
4970 is created.
4971
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00004972:let {var-name}[{idx}] = {expr1} *E689*
4973 Set a list item to the result of the expression
4974 {expr1}. {var-name} must refer to a list and {idx}
4975 must be a valid index in that list. For nested list
4976 the index can be repeated.
4977 This cannot be used to add an item to a list.
4978
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004979 *E711* *E719*
4980:let {var-name}[{idx1}:{idx2}] = {expr1} *E708* *E709* *E710*
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00004981 Set a sequence of items in a List to the result of the
4982 expression {expr1}, which must be a list with the
4983 correct number of items.
4984 {idx1} can be omitted, zero is used instead.
4985 {idx2} can be omitted, meaning the end of the list.
4986 When the selected range of items is partly past the
4987 end of the list, items will be added.
4988
Bram Moolenaar748bf032005-02-02 23:04:36 +00004989 *:let+=* *:let-=* *:let.=* *E734*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00004990:let {var} += {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} + {expr1}".
4991:let {var} -= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} - {expr1}".
4992:let {var} .= {expr1} Like ":let {var} = {var} . {expr1}".
4993 These fail if {var} was not set yet and when the type
4994 of {var} and {expr1} don't fit the operator.
4995
4996
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004997:let ${env-name} = {expr1} *:let-environment* *:let-$*
4998 Set environment variable {env-name} to the result of
4999 the expression {expr1}. The type is always String.
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005000:let ${env-name} .= {expr1}
5001 Append {expr1} to the environment variable {env-name}.
5002 If the environment variable didn't exist yet this
5003 works like "=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005004
5005:let @{reg-name} = {expr1} *:let-register* *:let-@*
5006 Write the result of the expression {expr1} in register
5007 {reg-name}. {reg-name} must be a single letter, and
5008 must be the name of a writable register (see
5009 |registers|). "@@" can be used for the unnamed
5010 register, "@/" for the search pattern.
5011 If the result of {expr1} ends in a <CR> or <NL>, the
5012 register will be linewise, otherwise it will be set to
5013 characterwise.
5014 This can be used to clear the last search pattern: >
5015 :let @/ = ""
5016< This is different from searching for an empty string,
5017 that would match everywhere.
5018
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005019:let @{reg-name} .= {expr1}
5020 Append {expr1} to register {reg-name}. If the
5021 register was empty it's like setting it to {expr1}.
5022
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005023:let &{option-name} = {expr1} *:let-option* *:let-star*
5024 Set option {option-name} to the result of the
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005025 expression {expr1}. A String or Number value is
5026 always converted to the type of the option.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005027 For an option local to a window or buffer the effect
5028 is just like using the |:set| command: both the local
5029 value and the global value is changed.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005030 Example: >
5031 :let &path = &path . ',/usr/local/include'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005032
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005033:let &{option-name} .= {expr1}
5034 For a string option: Append {expr1} to the value.
5035 Does not insert a comma like |:set+=|.
5036
5037:let &{option-name} += {expr1}
5038:let &{option-name} -= {expr1}
5039 For a number or boolean option: Add or subtract
5040 {expr1}.
5041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005042:let &l:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005043:let &l:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5044:let &l:{option-name} += {expr1}
5045:let &l:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005046 Like above, but only set the local value of an option
5047 (if there is one). Works like |:setlocal|.
5048
5049:let &g:{option-name} = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005050:let &g:{option-name} .= {expr1}
5051:let &g:{option-name} += {expr1}
5052:let &g:{option-name} -= {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005053 Like above, but only set the global value of an option
5054 (if there is one). Works like |:setglobal|.
5055
Bram Moolenaar13065c42005-01-08 16:08:21 +00005056:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] = {expr1} *:let-unpack* *E687* *E688*
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005057 {expr1} must evaluate to a List. The first item in
5058 the list is assigned to {name1}, the second item to
5059 {name2}, etc.
5060 The number of names must match the number of items in
5061 the List.
5062 Each name can be one of the items of the ":let"
5063 command as mentioned above.
5064 Example: >
5065 :let [s, item] = GetItem(s)
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005066< Detail: {expr1} is evaluated first, then the
5067 assignments are done in sequence. This matters if
5068 {name2} depends on {name1}. Example: >
5069 :let x = [0, 1]
5070 :let i = 0
5071 :let [i, x[i]] = [1, 2]
5072 :echo x
5073< The result is [0, 2].
5074
5075:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] .= {expr1}
5076:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] += {expr1}
5077:let [{name1}, {name2}, ...] -= {expr1}
5078 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5079 List item.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005080
5081:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] = {expr1}
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00005082 Like |:let-unpack| above, but the List may have more
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005083 items than there are names. A list of the remaining
5084 items is assigned to {lastname}. If there are no
5085 remaining items {lastname} is set to an empty list.
Bram Moolenaarfca34d62005-01-04 21:38:36 +00005086 Example: >
5087 :let [a, b; rest] = ["aval", "bval", 3, 4]
5088<
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005089:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] .= {expr1}
5090:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] += {expr1}
5091:let [{name}, ..., ; {lastname}] -= {expr1}
5092 Like above, but append/add/subtract the value for each
5093 List item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005094 *E106*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005095:let {var-name} .. List the value of variable {var-name}. Multiple
Bram Moolenaardcaf10e2005-01-21 11:55:25 +00005096 variable names may be given. Special names recognized
5097 here: *E738*
5098 g: global variables.
5099 b: local buffer variables.
5100 w: local window variables.
5101 v: Vim variables.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005102
Bram Moolenaard7ee7ce2005-01-03 21:02:03 +00005103:let List the values of all variables. The type of the
5104 variable is indicated before the value:
5105 <nothing> String
5106 # Number
5107 * Funcref
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005108
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005109
5110:unl[et][!] {name} ... *:unlet* *:unl* *E108*
5111 Remove the internal variable {name}. Several variable
5112 names can be given, they are all removed. The name
5113 may also be a List or Dictionary item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005114 With [!] no error message is given for non-existing
5115 variables.
Bram Moolenaar9cd15162005-01-16 22:02:49 +00005116 One or more items from a List can be removed: >
5117 :unlet list[3] " remove fourth item
5118 :unlet list[3:] " remove fourth item to last
5119< One item from a Dictionary can be removed at a time: >
5120 :unlet dict['two']
5121 :unlet dict.two
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005122
Bram Moolenaar2ce06f62005-01-31 19:19:04 +00005123:lockv[ar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:lockvar* *:lockv*
5124 Lock the internal variable {name}. Locking means that
5125 it can no longer be changed (until it is unlocked).
5126 A locked variable can be deleted: >
5127 :lockvar v
5128 :let v = 'asdf' " fails!
5129 :unlet v
5130< *E741*
5131 If you try to change a locked variable you get an
5132 error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
5133
5134 [depth] is relevant when locking a List or Dictionary.
5135 It specifies how deep the locking goes:
5136 1 Lock the List or Dictionary itself,
5137 cannot add or remove items, but can
5138 still change their values.
5139 2 Also lock the values, cannot change
5140 the items. If an item is a List or
5141 Dictionary, cannot add or remove
5142 items, but can still change the
5143 values.
5144 3 Like 2 but for the List/Dictionary in
5145 the List/Dictionary, one level deeper.
5146 The default [depth] is 2, thus when {name} is a List
5147 or Dictionary the values cannot be changed.
5148 *E743*
5149 For unlimited depth use [!] and omit [depth].
5150 However, there is a maximum depth of 100 to catch
5151 loops.
5152
5153 Note that when two variables refer to the same List
5154 and you lock one of them, the List will also be locked
5155 when used through the other variable. Example: >
5156 :let l = [0, 1, 2, 3]
5157 :let cl = l
5158 :lockvar l
5159 :let cl[1] = 99 " won't work!
5160< You may want to make a copy of a list to avoid this.
5161 See |deepcopy()|.
5162
5163
5164:unlo[ckvar][!] [depth] {name} ... *:unlockvar* *:unlo*
5165 Unlock the internal variable {name}. Does the
5166 opposite of |:lockvar|.
5167
5168
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005169:if {expr1} *:if* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
5170:en[dif] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5171 or ":endif" if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5172
5173 From Vim version 4.5 until 5.0, every Ex command in
5174 between the ":if" and ":endif" is ignored. These two
5175 commands were just to allow for future expansions in a
5176 backwards compatible way. Nesting was allowed. Note
5177 that any ":else" or ":elseif" was ignored, the "else"
5178 part was not executed either.
5179
5180 You can use this to remain compatible with older
5181 versions: >
5182 :if version >= 500
5183 : version-5-specific-commands
5184 :endif
5185< The commands still need to be parsed to find the
5186 "endif". Sometimes an older Vim has a problem with a
5187 new command. For example, ":silent" is recognized as
5188 a ":substitute" command. In that case ":execute" can
5189 avoid problems: >
5190 :if version >= 600
5191 : execute "silent 1,$delete"
5192 :endif
5193<
5194 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
5195 properly in between ":if" and ":endif".
5196
5197 *:else* *:el* *E581* *E583*
5198:el[se] Execute the commands until the next matching ":else"
5199 or ":endif" if they previously were not being
5200 executed.
5201
5202 *:elseif* *:elsei* *E582* *E584*
5203:elsei[f] {expr1} Short for ":else" ":if", with the addition that there
5204 is no extra ":endif".
5205
5206:wh[ile] {expr1} *:while* *:endwhile* *:wh* *:endw*
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005207 *E170* *E585* *E588* *E733*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005208:endw[hile] Repeat the commands between ":while" and ":endwhile",
5209 as long as {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
5210 When an error is detected from a command inside the
5211 loop, execution continues after the "endwhile".
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005212 Example: >
5213 :let lnum = 1
5214 :while lnum <= line("$")
5215 :call FixLine(lnum)
5216 :let lnum = lnum + 1
5217 :endwhile
5218<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005219 NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005220 properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005221
Bram Moolenaar3a3a7232005-01-17 22:16:15 +00005222:for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005223:endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor*
5224 Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for
Bram Moolenaar3a7c85b2005-02-05 21:39:53 +00005225 each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005226 value of each item.
5227 When an error is detected for a command inside the
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005228 loop, execution continues after the "endfor".
Bram Moolenaarde8866b2005-01-06 23:24:37 +00005229 Changing {list} affects what items are used. Make a
5230 copy if this is unwanted: >
5231 :for item in copy(mylist)
5232< When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the
5233 next item in the list, before executing the commands
5234 with the current item. Thus the current item can be
5235 removed without effect. Removing any later item means
5236 it will not be found. Thus the following example
5237 works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): >
5238 :for item in mylist
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005239 :call remove(mylist, 0)
5240 :endfor
Bram Moolenaar9588a0f2005-01-08 21:45:39 +00005241< Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or
5242 reverse()) may have unexpected effects.
5243 Note that the type of each list item should be
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005244 identical to avoid errors for the type of {var}
5245 changing. Unlet the variable at the end of the loop
5246 to allow multiple item types.
5247
5248:for {var} in {string}
5249:endfo[r] Like ":for" above, but use each character in {string}
5250 as a list item.
5251 Composing characters are used as separate characters.
5252 A Number is first converted to a String.
5253
5254:for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist}
5255:endfo[r]
5256 Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be
5257 a list, of which each item is assigned to {var1},
5258 {var2}, etc. Example: >
5259 :for [lnum, col] in [[1, 3], [2, 5], [3, 8]]
5260 :echo getline(lnum)[col]
5261 :endfor
5262<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005263 *:continue* *:con* *E586*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005264:con[tinue] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, jumps back
5265 to the start of the loop.
5266 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5267 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5268 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5269 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5270 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5271 ":endtry" then jumps back to the start of the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005272
5273 *:break* *:brea* *E587*
Bram Moolenaar12805862005-01-05 22:16:17 +00005274:brea[k] When used inside a ":while" or ":for" loop, skips to
5275 the command after the matching ":endwhile" or
5276 ":endfor".
5277 If it is used after a |:try| inside the loop but
5278 before the matching |:finally| (if present), the
5279 commands following the ":finally" up to the matching
5280 |:endtry| are executed first. This process applies to
5281 all nested ":try"s inside the loop. The outermost
5282 ":endtry" then jumps to the command after the loop.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005283
5284:try *:try* *:endt* *:endtry* *E600* *E601* *E602*
5285:endt[ry] Change the error handling for the commands between
5286 ":try" and ":endtry" including everything being
5287 executed across ":source" commands, function calls,
5288 or autocommand invocations.
5289
5290 When an error or interrupt is detected and there is
5291 a |:finally| command following, execution continues
5292 after the ":finally". Otherwise, or when the
5293 ":endtry" is reached thereafter, the next
5294 (dynamically) surrounding ":try" is checked for
5295 a corresponding ":finally" etc. Then the script
5296 processing is terminated. (Whether a function
5297 definition has an "abort" argument does not matter.)
5298 Example: >
5299 :try | edit too much | finally | echo "cleanup" | endtry
5300 :echo "impossible" " not reached, script terminated above
5301<
5302 Moreover, an error or interrupt (dynamically) inside
5303 ":try" and ":endtry" is converted to an exception. It
5304 can be caught as if it were thrown by a |:throw|
5305 command (see |:catch|). In this case, the script
5306 processing is not terminated.
5307
5308 The value "Vim:Interrupt" is used for an interrupt
5309 exception. An error in a Vim command is converted
5310 to a value of the form "Vim({command}):{errmsg}",
5311 other errors are converted to a value of the form
5312 "Vim:{errmsg}". {command} is the full command name,
5313 and {errmsg} is the message that is displayed if the
5314 error exception is not caught, always beginning with
5315 the error number.
5316 Examples: >
5317 :try | sleep 100 | catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ | endtry
5318 :try | edit | catch /^Vim(edit):E\d\+/ | echo "error" | endtry
5319<
5320 *:cat* *:catch* *E603* *E604* *E605*
5321:cat[ch] /{pattern}/ The following commands until the next ":catch",
5322 |:finally|, or |:endtry| that belongs to the same
5323 |:try| as the ":catch" are executed when an exception
5324 matching {pattern} is being thrown and has not yet
5325 been caught by a previous ":catch". Otherwise, these
5326 commands are skipped.
5327 When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught.
5328 Examples: >
5329 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C)
5330 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors
5331 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts
5332 :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write
5333 :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123
5334 :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception
5335 :catch /.*/ " catch everything
5336 :catch " same as /.*/
5337<
5338 Another character can be used instead of / around the
5339 {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special
5340 meaning (e.g., '|' or '"') and doesn't occur inside
5341 {pattern}.
5342 NOTE: It is not reliable to ":catch" the TEXT of
5343 an error message because it may vary in different
5344 locales.
5345
5346 *:fina* *:finally* *E606* *E607*
5347:fina[lly] The following commands until the matching |:endtry|
5348 are executed whenever the part between the matching
5349 |:try| and the ":finally" is left: either by falling
5350 through to the ":finally" or by a |:continue|,
5351 |:break|, |:finish|, or |:return|, or by an error or
5352 interrupt or exception (see |:throw|).
5353
5354 *:th* *:throw* *E608*
5355:th[row] {expr1} The {expr1} is evaluated and thrown as an exception.
5356 If the ":throw" is used after a |:try| but before the
5357 first corresponding |:catch|, commands are skipped
5358 until the first ":catch" matching {expr1} is reached.
5359 If there is no such ":catch" or if the ":throw" is
5360 used after a ":catch" but before the |:finally|, the
5361 commands following the ":finally" (if present) up to
5362 the matching |:endtry| are executed. If the ":throw"
5363 is after the ":finally", commands up to the ":endtry"
5364 are skipped. At the ":endtry", this process applies
5365 again for the next dynamically surrounding ":try"
5366 (which may be found in a calling function or sourcing
5367 script), until a matching ":catch" has been found.
5368 If the exception is not caught, the command processing
5369 is terminated.
5370 Example: >
5371 :try | throw "oops" | catch /^oo/ | echo "caught" | endtry
5372<
5373
5374 *:ec* *:echo*
5375:ec[ho] {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, with a space in between. The
5376 first {expr1} starts on a new line.
5377 Also see |:comment|.
5378 Use "\n" to start a new line. Use "\r" to move the
5379 cursor to the first column.
5380 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5381 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5382 Example: >
5383 :echo "the value of 'shell' is" &shell
5384< A later redraw may make the message disappear again.
5385 To avoid that a command from before the ":echo" causes
5386 a redraw afterwards (redraws are often postponed until
5387 you type something), force a redraw with the |:redraw|
5388 command. Example: >
5389 :new | redraw | echo "there is a new window"
5390<
5391 *:echon*
5392:echon {expr1} .. Echoes each {expr1}, without anything added. Also see
5393 |:comment|.
5394 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5395 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5396 Example: >
5397 :echon "the value of 'shell' is " &shell
5398<
5399 Note the difference between using ":echo", which is a
5400 Vim command, and ":!echo", which is an external shell
5401 command: >
5402 :!echo % --> filename
5403< The arguments of ":!" are expanded, see |:_%|. >
5404 :!echo "%" --> filename or "filename"
5405< Like the previous example. Whether you see the double
5406 quotes or not depends on your 'shell'. >
5407 :echo % --> nothing
5408< The '%' is an illegal character in an expression. >
5409 :echo "%" --> %
5410< This just echoes the '%' character. >
5411 :echo expand("%") --> filename
5412< This calls the expand() function to expand the '%'.
5413
5414 *:echoh* *:echohl*
5415:echoh[l] {name} Use the highlight group {name} for the following
5416 |:echo|, |:echon| and |:echomsg| commands. Also used
5417 for the |input()| prompt. Example: >
5418 :echohl WarningMsg | echo "Don't panic!" | echohl None
5419< Don't forget to set the group back to "None",
5420 otherwise all following echo's will be highlighted.
5421
5422 *:echom* *:echomsg*
5423:echom[sg] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as a true message, saving the
5424 message in the |message-history|.
5425 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5426 |:echo| command. But unprintable characters are
5427 displayed, not interpreted.
5428 Uses the highlighting set by the |:echohl| command.
5429 Example: >
5430 :echomsg "It's a Zizzer Zazzer Zuzz, as you can plainly see."
5431<
5432 *:echoe* *:echoerr*
5433:echoe[rr] {expr1} .. Echo the expression(s) as an error message, saving the
5434 message in the |message-history|. When used in a
5435 script or function the line number will be added.
5436 Spaces are placed between the arguments as with the
5437 :echo command. When used inside a try conditional,
5438 the message is raised as an error exception instead
5439 (see |try-echoerr|).
5440 Example: >
5441 :echoerr "This script just failed!"
5442< If you just want a highlighted message use |:echohl|.
5443 And to get a beep: >
5444 :exe "normal \<Esc>"
5445<
5446 *:exe* *:execute*
5447:exe[cute] {expr1} .. Executes the string that results from the evaluation
5448 of {expr1} as an Ex command. Multiple arguments are
5449 concatenated, with a space in between. {expr1} is
5450 used as the processed command, command line editing
5451 keys are not recognized.
5452 Cannot be followed by a comment.
5453 Examples: >
5454 :execute "buffer " nextbuf
5455 :execute "normal " count . "w"
5456<
5457 ":execute" can be used to append a command to commands
5458 that don't accept a '|'. Example: >
5459 :execute '!ls' | echo "theend"
5460
5461< ":execute" is also a nice way to avoid having to type
5462 control characters in a Vim script for a ":normal"
5463 command: >
5464 :execute "normal ixxx\<Esc>"
5465< This has an <Esc> character, see |expr-string|.
5466
5467 Note: The executed string may be any command-line, but
Bram Moolenaard8b02732005-01-14 21:48:43 +00005468 you cannot start or end a "while", "for" or "if"
5469 command. Thus this is illegal: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005470 :execute 'while i > 5'
5471 :execute 'echo "test" | break'
5472<
5473 It is allowed to have a "while" or "if" command
5474 completely in the executed string: >
5475 :execute 'while i < 5 | echo i | let i = i + 1 | endwhile'
5476<
5477
5478 *:comment*
5479 ":execute", ":echo" and ":echon" cannot be followed by
5480 a comment directly, because they see the '"' as the
5481 start of a string. But, you can use '|' followed by a
5482 comment. Example: >
5483 :echo "foo" | "this is a comment
5484
5485==============================================================================
54868. Exception handling *exception-handling*
5487
5488The Vim script language comprises an exception handling feature. This section
5489explains how it can be used in a Vim script.
5490
5491Exceptions may be raised by Vim on an error or on interrupt, see
5492|catch-errors| and |catch-interrupt|. You can also explicitly throw an
5493exception by using the ":throw" command, see |throw-catch|.
5494
5495
5496TRY CONDITIONALS *try-conditionals*
5497
5498Exceptions can be caught or can cause cleanup code to be executed. You can
5499use a try conditional to specify catch clauses (that catch exceptions) and/or
5500a finally clause (to be executed for cleanup).
5501 A try conditional begins with a |:try| command and ends at the matching
5502|:endtry| command. In between, you can use a |:catch| command to start
5503a catch clause, or a |:finally| command to start a finally clause. There may
5504be none or multiple catch clauses, but there is at most one finally clause,
5505which must not be followed by any catch clauses. The lines before the catch
5506clauses and the finally clause is called a try block. >
5507
5508 :try
5509 : ...
5510 : ... TRY BLOCK
5511 : ...
5512 :catch /{pattern}/
5513 : ...
5514 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5515 : ...
5516 :catch /{pattern}/
5517 : ...
5518 : ... CATCH CLAUSE
5519 : ...
5520 :finally
5521 : ...
5522 : ... FINALLY CLAUSE
5523 : ...
5524 :endtry
5525
5526The try conditional allows to watch code for exceptions and to take the
5527appropriate actions. Exceptions from the try block may be caught. Exceptions
5528from the try block and also the catch clauses may cause cleanup actions.
5529 When no exception is thrown during execution of the try block, the control
5530is transferred to the finally clause, if present. After its execution, the
5531script continues with the line following the ":endtry".
5532 When an exception occurs during execution of the try block, the remaining
5533lines in the try block are skipped. The exception is matched against the
5534patterns specified as arguments to the ":catch" commands. The catch clause
5535after the first matching ":catch" is taken, other catch clauses are not
5536executed. The catch clause ends when the next ":catch", ":finally", or
5537":endtry" command is reached - whatever is first. Then, the finally clause
5538(if present) is executed. When the ":endtry" is reached, the script execution
5539continues in the following line as usual.
5540 When an exception that does not match any of the patterns specified by the
5541":catch" commands is thrown in the try block, the exception is not caught by
5542that try conditional and none of the catch clauses is executed. Only the
5543finally clause, if present, is taken. The exception pends during execution of
5544the finally clause. It is resumed at the ":endtry", so that commands after
5545the ":endtry" are not executed and the exception might be caught elsewhere,
5546see |try-nesting|.
5547 When during execution of a catch clause another exception is thrown, the
5548remaining lines in that catch clause are not executed. The new exception is
5549not matched against the patterns in any of the ":catch" commands of the same
5550try conditional and none of its catch clauses is taken. If there is, however,
5551a finally clause, it is executed, and the exception pends during its
5552execution. The commands following the ":endtry" are not executed. The new
5553exception might, however, be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5554 When during execution of the finally clause (if present) an exception is
5555thrown, the remaining lines in the finally clause are skipped. If the finally
5556clause has been taken because of an exception from the try block or one of the
5557catch clauses, the original (pending) exception is discarded. The commands
5558following the ":endtry" are not executed, and the exception from the finally
5559clause is propagated and can be caught elsewhere, see |try-nesting|.
5560
5561The finally clause is also executed, when a ":break" or ":continue" for
5562a ":while" loop enclosing the complete try conditional is executed from the
5563try block or a catch clause. Or when a ":return" or ":finish" is executed
5564from the try block or a catch clause of a try conditional in a function or
5565sourced script, respectively. The ":break", ":continue", ":return", or
5566":finish" pends during execution of the finally clause and is resumed when the
5567":endtry" is reached. It is, however, discarded when an exception is thrown
5568from the finally clause.
5569 When a ":break" or ":continue" for a ":while" loop enclosing the complete
5570try conditional or when a ":return" or ":finish" is encountered in the finally
5571clause, the rest of the finally clause is skipped, and the ":break",
5572":continue", ":return" or ":finish" is executed as usual. If the finally
5573clause has been taken because of an exception or an earlier ":break",
5574":continue", ":return", or ":finish" from the try block or a catch clause,
5575this pending exception or command is discarded.
5576
5577For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
5578
5579
5580NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS *try-nesting*
5581
5582Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. That is, a complete try
5583conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally
5584clause of another try conditional. If the inner try conditional does not
5585catch an exception thrown in its try block or throws a new exception from one
5586of its catch clauses or its finally clause, the outer try conditional is
5587checked according to the rules above. If the inner try conditional is in the
5588try block of the outer try conditional, its catch clauses are checked, but
5589otherwise only the finally clause is executed. It does not matter for
5590nesting, whether the inner try conditional is directly contained in the outer
5591one, or whether the outer one sources a script or calls a function containing
5592the inner try conditional.
5593
5594When none of the active try conditionals catches an exception, just their
5595finally clauses are executed. Thereafter, the script processing terminates.
5596An error message is displayed in case of an uncaught exception explicitly
5597thrown by a ":throw" command. For uncaught error and interrupt exceptions
5598implicitly raised by Vim, the error message(s) or interrupt message are shown
5599as usual.
5600
5601For examples see |throw-catch|.
5602
5603
5604EXAMINING EXCEPTION HANDLING CODE *except-examine*
5605
5606Exception handling code can get tricky. If you are in doubt what happens, set
5607'verbose' to 13 or use the ":13verbose" command modifier when sourcing your
5608script file. Then you see when an exception is thrown, discarded, caught, or
5609finished. When using a verbosity level of at least 14, things pending in
5610a finally clause are also shown. This information is also given in debug mode
5611(see |debug-scripts|).
5612
5613
5614THROWING AND CATCHING EXCEPTIONS *throw-catch*
5615
5616You can throw any number or string as an exception. Use the |:throw| command
5617and pass the value to be thrown as argument: >
5618 :throw 4711
5619 :throw "string"
5620< *throw-expression*
5621You can also specify an expression argument. The expression is then evaluated
5622first, and the result is thrown: >
5623 :throw 4705 + strlen("string")
5624 :throw strpart("strings", 0, 6)
5625
5626An exception might be thrown during evaluation of the argument of the ":throw"
5627command. Unless it is caught there, the expression evaluation is abandoned.
5628The ":throw" command then does not throw a new exception.
5629 Example: >
5630
5631 :function! Foo(arg)
5632 : try
5633 : throw a:arg
5634 : catch /foo/
5635 : endtry
5636 : return 1
5637 :endfunction
5638 :
5639 :function! Bar()
5640 : echo "in Bar"
5641 : return 4710
5642 :endfunction
5643 :
5644 :throw Foo("arrgh") + Bar()
5645
5646This throws "arrgh", and "in Bar" is not displayed since Bar() is not
5647executed. >
5648 :throw Foo("foo") + Bar()
5649however displays "in Bar" and throws 4711.
5650
5651Any other command that takes an expression as argument might also be
5652abandoned by an (uncaught) exception during the expression evaluation. The
5653exception is then propagated to the caller of the command.
5654 Example: >
5655
5656 :if Foo("arrgh")
5657 : echo "then"
5658 :else
5659 : echo "else"
5660 :endif
5661
5662Here neither of "then" or "else" is displayed.
5663
5664 *catch-order*
5665Exceptions can be caught by a try conditional with one or more |:catch|
5666commands, see |try-conditionals|. The values to be caught by each ":catch"
5667command can be specified as a pattern argument. The subsequent catch clause
5668gets executed when a matching exception is caught.
5669 Example: >
5670
5671 :function! Foo(value)
5672 : try
5673 : throw a:value
5674 : catch /^\d\+$/
5675 : echo "Number thrown"
5676 : catch /.*/
5677 : echo "String thrown"
5678 : endtry
5679 :endfunction
5680 :
5681 :call Foo(0x1267)
5682 :call Foo('string')
5683
5684The first call to Foo() displays "Number thrown", the second "String thrown".
5685An exception is matched against the ":catch" commands in the order they are
5686specified. Only the first match counts. So you should place the more
5687specific ":catch" first. The following order does not make sense: >
5688
5689 : catch /.*/
5690 : echo "String thrown"
5691 : catch /^\d\+$/
5692 : echo "Number thrown"
5693
5694The first ":catch" here matches always, so that the second catch clause is
5695never taken.
5696
5697 *throw-variables*
5698If you catch an exception by a general pattern, you may access the exact value
5699in the variable |v:exception|: >
5700
5701 : catch /^\d\+$/
5702 : echo "Number thrown. Value is" v:exception
5703
5704You may also be interested where an exception was thrown. This is stored in
5705|v:throwpoint|. Note that "v:exception" and "v:throwpoint" are valid for the
5706exception most recently caught as long it is not finished.
5707 Example: >
5708
5709 :function! Caught()
5710 : if v:exception != ""
5711 : echo 'Caught "' . v:exception . '" in ' . v:throwpoint
5712 : else
5713 : echo 'Nothing caught'
5714 : endif
5715 :endfunction
5716 :
5717 :function! Foo()
5718 : try
5719 : try
5720 : try
5721 : throw 4711
5722 : finally
5723 : call Caught()
5724 : endtry
5725 : catch /.*/
5726 : call Caught()
5727 : throw "oops"
5728 : endtry
5729 : catch /.*/
5730 : call Caught()
5731 : finally
5732 : call Caught()
5733 : endtry
5734 :endfunction
5735 :
5736 :call Foo()
5737
5738This displays >
5739
5740 Nothing caught
5741 Caught "4711" in function Foo, line 4
5742 Caught "oops" in function Foo, line 10
5743 Nothing caught
5744
5745A practical example: The following command ":LineNumber" displays the line
5746number in the script or function where it has been used: >
5747
5748 :function! LineNumber()
5749 : return substitute(v:throwpoint, '.*\D\(\d\+\).*', '\1', "")
5750 :endfunction
5751 :command! LineNumber try | throw "" | catch | echo LineNumber() | endtry
5752<
5753 *try-nested*
5754An exception that is not caught by a try conditional can be caught by
5755a surrounding try conditional: >
5756
5757 :try
5758 : try
5759 : throw "foo"
5760 : catch /foobar/
5761 : echo "foobar"
5762 : finally
5763 : echo "inner finally"
5764 : endtry
5765 :catch /foo/
5766 : echo "foo"
5767 :endtry
5768
5769The inner try conditional does not catch the exception, just its finally
5770clause is executed. The exception is then caught by the outer try
5771conditional. The example displays "inner finally" and then "foo".
5772
5773 *throw-from-catch*
5774You can catch an exception and throw a new one to be caught elsewhere from the
5775catch clause: >
5776
5777 :function! Foo()
5778 : throw "foo"
5779 :endfunction
5780 :
5781 :function! Bar()
5782 : try
5783 : call Foo()
5784 : catch /foo/
5785 : echo "Caught foo, throw bar"
5786 : throw "bar"
5787 : endtry
5788 :endfunction
5789 :
5790 :try
5791 : call Bar()
5792 :catch /.*/
5793 : echo "Caught" v:exception
5794 :endtry
5795
5796This displays "Caught foo, throw bar" and then "Caught bar".
5797
5798 *rethrow*
5799There is no real rethrow in the Vim script language, but you may throw
5800"v:exception" instead: >
5801
5802 :function! Bar()
5803 : try
5804 : call Foo()
5805 : catch /.*/
5806 : echo "Rethrow" v:exception
5807 : throw v:exception
5808 : endtry
5809 :endfunction
5810< *try-echoerr*
5811Note that this method cannot be used to "rethrow" Vim error or interrupt
5812exceptions, because it is not possible to fake Vim internal exceptions.
5813Trying so causes an error exception. You should throw your own exception
5814denoting the situation. If you want to cause a Vim error exception containing
5815the original error exception value, you can use the |:echoerr| command: >
5816
5817 :try
5818 : try
5819 : asdf
5820 : catch /.*/
5821 : echoerr v:exception
5822 : endtry
5823 :catch /.*/
5824 : echo v:exception
5825 :endtry
5826
5827This code displays
5828
5829 Vim(echoerr):Vim:E492: Not an editor command: asdf ~
5830
5831
5832CLEANUP CODE *try-finally*
5833
5834Scripts often change global settings and restore them at their end. If the
5835user however interrupts the script by pressing CTRL-C, the settings remain in
5836an inconsistent state. The same may happen to you in the development phase of
5837a script when an error occurs or you explicitly throw an exception without
5838catching it. You can solve these problems by using a try conditional with
5839a finally clause for restoring the settings. Its execution is guaranteed on
5840normal control flow, on error, on an explicit ":throw", and on interrupt.
5841(Note that errors and interrupts from inside the try conditional are converted
5842to exceptions. When not caught, they terminate the script after the finally
5843clause has been executed.)
5844Example: >
5845
5846 :try
5847 : let s:saved_ts = &ts
5848 : set ts=17
5849 :
5850 : " Do the hard work here.
5851 :
5852 :finally
5853 : let &ts = s:saved_ts
5854 : unlet s:saved_ts
5855 :endtry
5856
5857This method should be used locally whenever a function or part of a script
5858changes global settings which need to be restored on failure or normal exit of
5859that function or script part.
5860
5861 *break-finally*
5862Cleanup code works also when the try block or a catch clause is left by
5863a ":continue", ":break", ":return", or ":finish".
5864 Example: >
5865
5866 :let first = 1
5867 :while 1
5868 : try
5869 : if first
5870 : echo "first"
5871 : let first = 0
5872 : continue
5873 : else
5874 : throw "second"
5875 : endif
5876 : catch /.*/
5877 : echo v:exception
5878 : break
5879 : finally
5880 : echo "cleanup"
5881 : endtry
5882 : echo "still in while"
5883 :endwhile
5884 :echo "end"
5885
5886This displays "first", "cleanup", "second", "cleanup", and "end". >
5887
5888 :function! Foo()
5889 : try
5890 : return 4711
5891 : finally
5892 : echo "cleanup\n"
5893 : endtry
5894 : echo "Foo still active"
5895 :endfunction
5896 :
5897 :echo Foo() "returned by Foo"
5898
5899This displays "cleanup" and "4711 returned by Foo". You don't need to add an
5900extra ":return" in the finally clause. (Above all, this would override the
5901return value.)
5902
5903 *except-from-finally*
5904Using either of ":continue", ":break", ":return", ":finish", or ":throw" in
5905a finally clause is possible, but not recommended since it abandons the
5906cleanup actions for the try conditional. But, of course, interrupt and error
5907exceptions might get raised from a finally clause.
5908 Example where an error in the finally clause stops an interrupt from
5909working correctly: >
5910
5911 :try
5912 : try
5913 : echo "Press CTRL-C for interrupt"
5914 : while 1
5915 : endwhile
5916 : finally
5917 : unlet novar
5918 : endtry
5919 :catch /novar/
5920 :endtry
5921 :echo "Script still running"
5922 :sleep 1
5923
5924If you need to put commands that could fail into a finally clause, you should
5925think about catching or ignoring the errors in these commands, see
5926|catch-errors| and |ignore-errors|.
5927
5928
5929CATCHING ERRORS *catch-errors*
5930
5931If you want to catch specific errors, you just have to put the code to be
5932watched in a try block and add a catch clause for the error message. The
5933presence of the try conditional causes all errors to be converted to an
5934exception. No message is displayed and |v:errmsg| is not set then. To find
5935the right pattern for the ":catch" command, you have to know how the format of
5936the error exception is.
5937 Error exceptions have the following format: >
5938
5939 Vim({cmdname}):{errmsg}
5940or >
5941 Vim:{errmsg}
5942
5943{cmdname} is the name of the command that failed; the second form is used when
5944the command name is not known. {errmsg} is the error message usually produced
5945when the error occurs outside try conditionals. It always begins with
5946a capital "E", followed by a two or three-digit error number, a colon, and
5947a space.
5948
5949Examples:
5950
5951The command >
5952 :unlet novar
5953normally produces the error message >
5954 E108: No such variable: "novar"
5955which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5956 Vim(unlet):E108: No such variable: "novar"
5957
5958The command >
5959 :dwim
5960normally produces the error message >
5961 E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5962which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5963 Vim:E492: Not an editor command: dwim
5964
5965You can catch all ":unlet" errors by a >
5966 :catch /^Vim(unlet):/
5967or all errors for misspelled command names by a >
5968 :catch /^Vim:E492:/
5969
5970Some error messages may be produced by different commands: >
5971 :function nofunc
5972and >
5973 :delfunction nofunc
5974both produce the error message >
5975 E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5976which is converted inside try conditionals to an exception >
5977 Vim(function):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5978or >
5979 Vim(delfunction):E128: Function name must start with a capital: nofunc
5980respectively. You can catch the error by its number independently on the
5981command that caused it if you use the following pattern: >
5982 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E128:/
5983
5984Some commands like >
5985 :let x = novar
5986produce multiple error messages, here: >
5987 E121: Undefined variable: novar
5988 E15: Invalid expression: novar
5989Only the first is used for the exception value, since it is the most specific
5990one (see |except-several-errors|). So you can catch it by >
5991 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E121:/
5992
5993You can catch all errors related to the name "nofunc" by >
5994 :catch /\<nofunc\>/
5995
5996You can catch all Vim errors in the ":write" and ":read" commands by >
5997 :catch /^Vim(\(write\|read\)):E\d\+:/
5998
5999You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
6000 :catch /^Vim\((\a\+)\)\=:E\d\+:/
6001<
6002 *catch-text*
6003NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
6004 :catch /No such variable/
6005only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
6006a different language by the |:language| command. It is however helpful to
6007cite the message text in a comment: >
6008 :catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/ " No such variable
6009
6010
6011IGNORING ERRORS *ignore-errors*
6012
6013You can ignore errors in a specific Vim command by catching them locally: >
6014
6015 :try
6016 : write
6017 :catch
6018 :endtry
6019
6020But you are strongly recommended NOT to use this simple form, since it could
6021catch more than you want. With the ":write" command, some autocommands could
6022be executed and cause errors not related to writing, for instance: >
6023
6024 :au BufWritePre * unlet novar
6025
6026There could even be such errors you are not responsible for as a script
6027writer: a user of your script might have defined such autocommands. You would
6028then hide the error from the user.
6029 It is much better to use >
6030
6031 :try
6032 : write
6033 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6034 :endtry
6035
6036which only catches real write errors. So catch only what you'd like to ignore
6037intentionally.
6038
6039For a single command that does not cause execution of autocommands, you could
6040even suppress the conversion of errors to exceptions by the ":silent!"
6041command: >
6042 :silent! nunmap k
6043This works also when a try conditional is active.
6044
6045
6046CATCHING INTERRUPTS *catch-interrupt*
6047
6048When there are active try conditionals, an interrupt (CTRL-C) is converted to
6049the exception "Vim:Interrupt". You can catch it like every exception. The
6050script is not terminated, then.
6051 Example: >
6052
6053 :function! TASK1()
6054 : sleep 10
6055 :endfunction
6056
6057 :function! TASK2()
6058 : sleep 20
6059 :endfunction
6060
6061 :while 1
6062 : let command = input("Type a command: ")
6063 : try
6064 : if command == ""
6065 : continue
6066 : elseif command == "END"
6067 : break
6068 : elseif command == "TASK1"
6069 : call TASK1()
6070 : elseif command == "TASK2"
6071 : call TASK2()
6072 : else
6073 : echo "\nIllegal command:" command
6074 : continue
6075 : endif
6076 : catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6077 : echo "\nCommand interrupted"
6078 : " Caught the interrupt. Continue with next prompt.
6079 : endtry
6080 :endwhile
6081
6082You can interrupt a task here by pressing CTRL-C; the script then asks for
6083a new command. If you press CTRL-C at the prompt, the script is terminated.
6084
6085For testing what happens when CTRL-C would be pressed on a specific line in
6086your script, use the debug mode and execute the |>quit| or |>interrupt|
6087command on that line. See |debug-scripts|.
6088
6089
6090CATCHING ALL *catch-all*
6091
6092The commands >
6093
6094 :catch /.*/
6095 :catch //
6096 :catch
6097
6098catch everything, error exceptions, interrupt exceptions and exceptions
6099explicitly thrown by the |:throw| command. This is useful at the top level of
6100a script in order to catch unexpected things.
6101 Example: >
6102
6103 :try
6104 :
6105 : " do the hard work here
6106 :
6107 :catch /MyException/
6108 :
6109 : " handle known problem
6110 :
6111 :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/
6112 : echo "Script interrupted"
6113 :catch /.*/
6114 : echo "Internal error (" . v:exception . ")"
6115 : echo " - occurred at " . v:throwpoint
6116 :endtry
6117 :" end of script
6118
6119Note: Catching all might catch more things than you want. Thus, you are
6120strongly encouraged to catch only for problems that you can really handle by
6121specifying a pattern argument to the ":catch".
6122 Example: Catching all could make it nearly impossible to interrupt a script
6123by pressing CTRL-C: >
6124
6125 :while 1
6126 : try
6127 : sleep 1
6128 : catch
6129 : endtry
6130 :endwhile
6131
6132
6133EXCEPTIONS AND AUTOCOMMANDS *except-autocmd*
6134
6135Exceptions may be used during execution of autocommands. Example: >
6136
6137 :autocmd User x try
6138 :autocmd User x throw "Oops!"
6139 :autocmd User x catch
6140 :autocmd User x echo v:exception
6141 :autocmd User x endtry
6142 :autocmd User x throw "Arrgh!"
6143 :autocmd User x echo "Should not be displayed"
6144 :
6145 :try
6146 : doautocmd User x
6147 :catch
6148 : echo v:exception
6149 :endtry
6150
6151This displays "Oops!" and "Arrgh!".
6152
6153 *except-autocmd-Pre*
6154For some commands, autocommands get executed before the main action of the
6155command takes place. If an exception is thrown and not caught in the sequence
6156of autocommands, the sequence and the command that caused its execution are
6157abandoned and the exception is propagated to the caller of the command.
6158 Example: >
6159
6160 :autocmd BufWritePre * throw "FAIL"
6161 :autocmd BufWritePre * echo "Should not be displayed"
6162 :
6163 :try
6164 : write
6165 :catch
6166 : echo "Caught:" v:exception "from" v:throwpoint
6167 :endtry
6168
6169Here, the ":write" command does not write the file currently being edited (as
6170you can see by checking 'modified'), since the exception from the BufWritePre
6171autocommand abandons the ":write". The exception is then caught and the
6172script displays: >
6173
6174 Caught: FAIL from BufWrite Auto commands for "*"
6175<
6176 *except-autocmd-Post*
6177For some commands, autocommands get executed after the main action of the
6178command has taken place. If this main action fails and the command is inside
6179an active try conditional, the autocommands are skipped and an error exception
6180is thrown that can be caught by the caller of the command.
6181 Example: >
6182
6183 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "File successfully written!"
6184 :
6185 :try
6186 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6187 :catch
6188 : echo v:exception
6189 :endtry
6190
6191This just displays: >
6192
6193 Vim(write):E212: Can't open file for writing (/i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e)
6194
6195If you really need to execute the autocommands even when the main action
6196fails, trigger the event from the catch clause.
6197 Example: >
6198
6199 :autocmd BufWritePre * set noreadonly
6200 :autocmd BufWritePost * set readonly
6201 :
6202 :try
6203 : write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6204 :catch
6205 : doautocmd BufWritePost /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6206 :endtry
6207<
6208You can also use ":silent!": >
6209
6210 :let x = "ok"
6211 :let v:errmsg = ""
6212 :autocmd BufWritePost * if v:errmsg != ""
6213 :autocmd BufWritePost * let x = "after fail"
6214 :autocmd BufWritePost * endif
6215 :try
6216 : silent! write /i/m/p/o/s/s/i/b/l/e
6217 :catch
6218 :endtry
6219 :echo x
6220
6221This displays "after fail".
6222
6223If the main action of the command does not fail, exceptions from the
6224autocommands will be catchable by the caller of the command: >
6225
6226 :autocmd BufWritePost * throw ":-("
6227 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo "Should not be displayed"
6228 :
6229 :try
6230 : write
6231 :catch
6232 : echo v:exception
6233 :endtry
6234<
6235 *except-autocmd-Cmd*
6236For some commands, the normal action can be replaced by a sequence of
6237autocommands. Exceptions from that sequence will be catchable by the caller
6238of the command.
6239 Example: For the ":write" command, the caller cannot know whether the file
6240had actually been written when the exception occurred. You need to tell it in
6241some way. >
6242
6243 :if !exists("cnt")
6244 : let cnt = 0
6245 :
6246 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if &modified
6247 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * let cnt = cnt + 1
6248 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 2
6249 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6250 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6251 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * write | set nomodified
6252 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * if cnt % 3 == 0
6253 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * throw "BufWriteCmdError"
6254 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6255 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * echo "File successfully written!"
6256 : autocmd BufWriteCmd * endif
6257 :endif
6258 :
6259 :try
6260 : write
6261 :catch /^BufWriteCmdError$/
6262 : if &modified
6263 : echo "Error on writing (file contents not changed)"
6264 : else
6265 : echo "Error after writing"
6266 : endif
6267 :catch /^Vim(write):/
6268 : echo "Error on writing"
6269 :endtry
6270
6271When this script is sourced several times after making changes, it displays
6272first >
6273 File successfully written!
6274then >
6275 Error on writing (file contents not changed)
6276then >
6277 Error after writing
6278etc.
6279
6280 *except-autocmd-ill*
6281You cannot spread a try conditional over autocommands for different events.
6282The following code is ill-formed: >
6283
6284 :autocmd BufWritePre * try
6285 :
6286 :autocmd BufWritePost * catch
6287 :autocmd BufWritePost * echo v:exception
6288 :autocmd BufWritePost * endtry
6289 :
6290 :write
6291
6292
6293EXCEPTION HIERARCHIES AND PARAMETERIZED EXCEPTIONS *except-hier-param*
6294
6295Some programming languages allow to use hierarchies of exception classes or to
6296pass additional information with the object of an exception class. You can do
6297similar things in Vim.
6298 In order to throw an exception from a hierarchy, just throw the complete
6299class name with the components separated by a colon, for instance throw the
6300string "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW" for an overflow in a mathematical library.
6301 When you want to pass additional information with your exception class, add
6302it in parentheses, for instance throw the string "EXCEPT:IO:WRITEERR(myfile)"
6303for an error when writing "myfile".
6304 With the appropriate patterns in the ":catch" command, you can catch for
6305base classes or derived classes of your hierarchy. Additional information in
6306parentheses can be cut out from |v:exception| with the ":substitute" command.
6307 Example: >
6308
6309 :function! CheckRange(a, func)
6310 : if a:a < 0
6311 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE(" . a:func . ")"
6312 : endif
6313 :endfunction
6314 :
6315 :function! Add(a, b)
6316 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Add")
6317 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Add")
6318 : let c = a:a + a:b
6319 : if c < 0
6320 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:OVERFLOW"
6321 : endif
6322 : return c
6323 :endfunction
6324 :
6325 :function! Div(a, b)
6326 : call CheckRange(a:a, "Div")
6327 : call CheckRange(a:b, "Div")
6328 : if (a:b == 0)
6329 : throw "EXCEPT:MATHERR:ZERODIV"
6330 : endif
6331 : return a:a / a:b
6332 :endfunction
6333 :
6334 :function! Write(file)
6335 : try
6336 : execute "write" a:file
6337 : catch /^Vim(write):/
6338 : throw "EXCEPT:IO(" . getcwd() . ", " . a:file . "):WRITEERR"
6339 : endtry
6340 :endfunction
6341 :
6342 :try
6343 :
6344 : " something with arithmetics and I/O
6345 :
6346 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR:RANGE/
6347 : let function = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(\a\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6348 : echo "Range error in" function
6349 :
6350 :catch /^EXCEPT:MATHERR/ " catches OVERFLOW and ZERODIV
6351 : echo "Math error"
6352 :
6353 :catch /^EXCEPT:IO/
6354 : let dir = substitute(v:exception, '.*(\(.\+\),\s*.\+).*', '\1', "")
6355 : let file = substitute(v:exception, '.*(.\+,\s*\(.\+\)).*', '\1', "")
6356 : if file !~ '^/'
6357 : let file = dir . "/" . file
6358 : endif
6359 : echo 'I/O error for "' . file . '"'
6360 :
6361 :catch /^EXCEPT/
6362 : echo "Unspecified error"
6363 :
6364 :endtry
6365
6366The exceptions raised by Vim itself (on error or when pressing CTRL-C) use
6367a flat hierarchy: they are all in the "Vim" class. You cannot throw yourself
6368exceptions with the "Vim" prefix; they are reserved for Vim.
6369 Vim error exceptions are parameterized with the name of the command that
6370failed, if known. See |catch-errors|.
6371
6372
6373PECULIARITIES
6374 *except-compat*
6375The exception handling concept requires that the command sequence causing the
6376exception is aborted immediately and control is transferred to finally clauses
6377and/or a catch clause.
6378
6379In the Vim script language there are cases where scripts and functions
6380continue after an error: in functions without the "abort" flag or in a command
6381after ":silent!", control flow goes to the following line, and outside
6382functions, control flow goes to the line following the outermost ":endwhile"
6383or ":endif". On the other hand, errors should be catchable as exceptions
6384(thus, requiring the immediate abortion).
6385
6386This problem has been solved by converting errors to exceptions and using
6387immediate abortion (if not suppressed by ":silent!") only when a try
6388conditional is active. This is no restriction since an (error) exception can
6389be caught only from an active try conditional. If you want an immediate
6390termination without catching the error, just use a try conditional without
6391catch clause. (You can cause cleanup code being executed before termination
6392by specifying a finally clause.)
6393
6394When no try conditional is active, the usual abortion and continuation
6395behavior is used instead of immediate abortion. This ensures compatibility of
6396scripts written for Vim 6.1 and earlier.
6397
6398However, when sourcing an existing script that does not use exception handling
6399commands (or when calling one of its functions) from inside an active try
6400conditional of a new script, you might change the control flow of the existing
6401script on error. You get the immediate abortion on error and can catch the
6402error in the new script. If however the sourced script suppresses error
6403messages by using the ":silent!" command (checking for errors by testing
6404|v:errmsg| if appropriate), its execution path is not changed. The error is
6405not converted to an exception. (See |:silent|.) So the only remaining cause
6406where this happens is for scripts that don't care about errors and produce
6407error messages. You probably won't want to use such code from your new
6408scripts.
6409
6410 *except-syntax-err*
6411Syntax errors in the exception handling commands are never caught by any of
6412the ":catch" commands of the try conditional they belong to. Its finally
6413clauses, however, is executed.
6414 Example: >
6415
6416 :try
6417 : try
6418 : throw 4711
6419 : catch /\(/
6420 : echo "in catch with syntax error"
6421 : catch
6422 : echo "inner catch-all"
6423 : finally
6424 : echo "inner finally"
6425 : endtry
6426 :catch
6427 : echo 'outer catch-all caught "' . v:exception . '"'
6428 : finally
6429 : echo "outer finally"
6430 :endtry
6431
6432This displays: >
6433 inner finally
6434 outer catch-all caught "Vim(catch):E54: Unmatched \("
6435 outer finally
6436The original exception is discarded and an error exception is raised, instead.
6437
6438 *except-single-line*
6439The ":try", ":catch", ":finally", and ":endtry" commands can be put on
6440a single line, but then syntax errors may make it difficult to recognize the
6441"catch" line, thus you better avoid this.
6442 Example: >
6443 :try | unlet! foo # | catch | endtry
6444raises an error exception for the trailing characters after the ":unlet!"
6445argument, but does not see the ":catch" and ":endtry" commands, so that the
6446error exception is discarded and the "E488: Trailing characters" message gets
6447displayed.
6448
6449 *except-several-errors*
6450When several errors appear in a single command, the first error message is
6451usually the most specific one and therefor converted to the error exception.
6452 Example: >
6453 echo novar
6454causes >
6455 E121: Undefined variable: novar
6456 E15: Invalid expression: novar
6457The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6458 Vim(echo):E121: Undefined variable: novar
6459< *except-syntax-error*
6460But when a syntax error is detected after a normal error in the same command,
6461the syntax error is used for the exception being thrown.
6462 Example: >
6463 unlet novar #
6464causes >
6465 E108: No such variable: "novar"
6466 E488: Trailing characters
6467The value of the error exception inside try conditionals is: >
6468 Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters
6469This is done because the syntax error might change the execution path in a way
6470not intended by the user. Example: >
6471 try
6472 try | unlet novar # | catch | echo v:exception | endtry
6473 catch /.*/
6474 echo "outer catch:" v:exception
6475 endtry
6476This displays "outer catch: Vim(unlet):E488: Trailing characters", and then
6477a "E600: Missing :endtry" error message is given, see |except-single-line|.
6478
6479==============================================================================
64809. Examples *eval-examples*
6481
6482Printing in Hex ~
6483>
6484 :" The function Nr2Hex() returns the Hex string of a number.
6485 :func Nr2Hex(nr)
6486 : let n = a:nr
6487 : let r = ""
6488 : while n
6489 : let r = '0123456789ABCDEF'[n % 16] . r
6490 : let n = n / 16
6491 : endwhile
6492 : return r
6493 :endfunc
6494
6495 :" The function String2Hex() converts each character in a string to a two
6496 :" character Hex string.
6497 :func String2Hex(str)
6498 : let out = ''
6499 : let ix = 0
6500 : while ix < strlen(a:str)
6501 : let out = out . Nr2Hex(char2nr(a:str[ix]))
6502 : let ix = ix + 1
6503 : endwhile
6504 : return out
6505 :endfunc
6506
6507Example of its use: >
6508 :echo Nr2Hex(32)
6509result: "20" >
6510 :echo String2Hex("32")
6511result: "3332"
6512
6513
6514Sorting lines (by Robert Webb) ~
6515
6516Here is a Vim script to sort lines. Highlight the lines in Vim and type
6517":Sort". This doesn't call any external programs so it'll work on any
6518platform. The function Sort() actually takes the name of a comparison
6519function as its argument, like qsort() does in C. So you could supply it
6520with different comparison functions in order to sort according to date etc.
6521>
6522 :" Function for use with Sort(), to compare two strings.
6523 :func! Strcmp(str1, str2)
6524 : if (a:str1 < a:str2)
6525 : return -1
6526 : elseif (a:str1 > a:str2)
6527 : return 1
6528 : else
6529 : return 0
6530 : endif
6531 :endfunction
6532
6533 :" Sort lines. SortR() is called recursively.
6534 :func! SortR(start, end, cmp)
6535 : if (a:start >= a:end)
6536 : return
6537 : endif
6538 : let partition = a:start - 1
6539 : let middle = partition
6540 : let partStr = getline((a:start + a:end) / 2)
6541 : let i = a:start
6542 : while (i <= a:end)
6543 : let str = getline(i)
6544 : exec "let result = " . a:cmp . "(str, partStr)"
6545 : if (result <= 0)
6546 : " Need to put it before the partition. Swap lines i and partition.
6547 : let partition = partition + 1
6548 : if (result == 0)
6549 : let middle = partition
6550 : endif
6551 : if (i != partition)
6552 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6553 : call setline(i, str2)
6554 : call setline(partition, str)
6555 : endif
6556 : endif
6557 : let i = i + 1
6558 : endwhile
6559
6560 : " Now we have a pointer to the "middle" element, as far as partitioning
6561 : " goes, which could be anywhere before the partition. Make sure it is at
6562 : " the end of the partition.
6563 : if (middle != partition)
6564 : let str = getline(middle)
6565 : let str2 = getline(partition)
6566 : call setline(middle, str2)
6567 : call setline(partition, str)
6568 : endif
6569 : call SortR(a:start, partition - 1, a:cmp)
6570 : call SortR(partition + 1, a:end, a:cmp)
6571 :endfunc
6572
6573 :" To Sort a range of lines, pass the range to Sort() along with the name of a
6574 :" function that will compare two lines.
6575 :func! Sort(cmp) range
6576 : call SortR(a:firstline, a:lastline, a:cmp)
6577 :endfunc
6578
6579 :" :Sort takes a range of lines and sorts them.
6580 :command! -nargs=0 -range Sort <line1>,<line2>call Sort("Strcmp")
6581<
6582 *sscanf*
6583There is no sscanf() function in Vim. If you need to extract parts from a
6584line, you can use matchstr() and substitute() to do it. This example shows
6585how to get the file name, line number and column number out of a line like
6586"foobar.txt, 123, 45". >
6587 :" Set up the match bit
6588 :let mx='\(\f\+\),\s*\(\d\+\),\s*\(\d\+\)'
6589 :"get the part matching the whole expression
6590 :let l = matchstr(line, mx)
6591 :"get each item out of the match
6592 :let file = substitute(l, mx, '\1', '')
6593 :let lnum = substitute(l, mx, '\2', '')
6594 :let col = substitute(l, mx, '\3', '')
6595
6596The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
6597"lnum" and "col". (idea from Michael Geddes)
6598
6599==============================================================================
660010. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature*
6601
6602When the |+eval| feature was disabled at compile time, none of the expression
6603evaluation commands are available. To prevent this from causing Vim scripts
6604to generate all kinds of errors, the ":if" and ":endif" commands are still
6605recognized, though the argument of the ":if" and everything between the ":if"
6606and the matching ":endif" is ignored. Nesting of ":if" blocks is allowed, but
6607only if the commands are at the start of the line. The ":else" command is not
6608recognized.
6609
6610Example of how to avoid executing commands when the |+eval| feature is
6611missing: >
6612
6613 :if 1
6614 : echo "Expression evaluation is compiled in"
6615 :else
6616 : echo "You will _never_ see this message"
6617 :endif
6618
6619==============================================================================
662011. The sandbox *eval-sandbox* *sandbox* *E48*
6621
6622The 'foldexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'statusline' and 'foldtext'
6623options are evaluated in a sandbox. This means that you are protected from
6624these expressions having nasty side effects. This gives some safety for when
6625these options are set from a modeline. It is also used when the command from
6626a tags file is executed.
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006627The sandbox is also used for the |:sandbox| command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006628
6629These items are not allowed in the sandbox:
6630 - changing the buffer text
6631 - defining or changing mapping, autocommands, functions, user commands
6632 - setting certain options (see |option-summary|)
6633 - executing a shell command
6634 - reading or writing a file
6635 - jumping to another buffer or editing a file
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006636This is not guaranteed 100% secure, but it should block most attacks.
6637
6638 *:san* *:sandbox*
Bram Moolenaar045e82d2005-07-08 22:25:33 +00006639:san[dbox] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in the sandbox. Useful to evaluate an
Bram Moolenaar7b0294c2004-10-11 10:16:09 +00006640 option that may have been set from a modeline, e.g.
6641 'foldexpr'.
6642
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006643
6644 vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: